Cirrus Logic Annual Report 2014

← All annual reports

FY2014 Annual Report · Cirrus Logic

Loading PDF…

2 0 1 4 A N N U A L R E P O R T

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 29, 2014

‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period from

Commission File Number 0-17795

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

77-0024818
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

800 W. 6th Street, Austin, TX 78701
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (512) 851-4000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act. YES Í

NO ‘

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the

Act. YES ‘

NO Í

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES Í

NO ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES Í NO ‘

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer Í

Smaller reporting company ‘

Non-accelerated filer ‘

Accelerated filer ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ‘
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $1,114,423,592

NO Í

based upon the closing price reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of September 27, 2013. Stock held by directors,
officers and stockholders owning 5 percent or more of the outstanding common stock were excluded as they may be deemed affiliates.
This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

As of May 23, 2014, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, was 62,058,267.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information contained in the registrant’s proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held July 28, 2014

is incorporated by reference in Part II – Item 5. and Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

FORM 10-K

For The Fiscal Year Ended March 29, 2014

INDEX

PART I
Item 1.

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1A.

Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of

Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 6.

Item 7.

Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . . .

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 8.

Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . .

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 11.

Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder

Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 2 of 72

ITEM 1. Business

PART I

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-precision, analog

and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of audio and energy markets. Building on our
diverse analog and mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly optimized products for consumer
and professional audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial applications including energy control,
energy measurement, light emitting diode (“LED”) lighting and energy exploration.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989 and were reincorporated in

the State of Delaware in February 1999. Our primary facility housing engineering, sales and marketing, and
administrative functions is located in Austin, Texas. We also serve customers from sales offices in the
United States, Europe and Asia, including the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan,
Singapore, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. Our common stock, which has been publicly traded since 1989, is
listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

We maintain a website with the address www.cirrus.com. We are not including the information contained

on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make
available free of charge through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we
electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”). To receive a free copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please forward your written request to
Cirrus Logic, Inc., Attn: Investor Relations, 800 W. 6th Street, Austin, Texas 78701, or via email at
Investor.Relations@cirrus.com. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports,
proxy and information statements filed electronically with the SEC by Cirrus Logic.

Background of the Semiconductor Industry

In general, the semiconductor industry produces three types of products: analog, digital and mixed-signal.
Analog semiconductors process a continuous range of signals that can represent functions such as temperature,
speed, pressure and sound. Digital semiconductors process information represented by discrete values, for
example, 0s and 1s. Mixed-signal semiconductors combine analog and digital circuits in a single product. The
design of the analog component of a mixed-signal IC is particularly complex and difficult, and requires
experienced engineers to optimize speed, power and resolution within standard manufacturing processes.

The convergence and sophistication of our customers’ products, such as portable audio applications, home
entertainment and automotive audio devices, is made possible in part by advances in semiconductor technology.
Semiconductor companies are attempting to differentiate their products by offering new features and
functionality to customers, while at the same time shrinking product sizes, reducing power consumption, and
lowering overall system costs.

Due to the extremely high costs involved in developing and operating a wafer fabrication facility, many
semiconductor companies, including Cirrus Logic, rely on third party foundries to manufacture their ICs. We
believe that our fabless manufacturing model significantly reduces our capital requirements and allows us to
focus our resources on the design, development, and marketing of our ICs.

Segments

We determine our operating segments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)

guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker as
defined by these guidelines.

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment, but reports revenue performance in

Page 3 of 72

and engineering support, in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal,
finance and information technology. Therefore, there is no discrete financial information maintained for these
product lines. For fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, audio product sales were $667.7 million, $754.8 million,
and $350.7 million, respectively. For fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, energy product sales were $46.6 million,
$55.0 million, and $76.1 million, respectively.

See Note 18 - Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8

for further details including sales and property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations.

Company Strategy

Cirrus Logic targets growing markets where we can leverage our expertise in analog and digital signal
processing to solve complex problems. Our approach has been to develop custom and catalog components that
embody our latest innovations, which we use to engage key players in a particular market or application. We
focus on building strong engineering relationships with the design teams at these customers and work to develop
highly differentiated products that address their specific needs using our own intellectual property (“IP”),
sometimes in combination with theirs. When we have been successful with this approach, one initial design win
has often expanded into additional products. This strategy gives us the opportunity to increase our content per
box with a customer over time through the incorporation of new features, the integration of other system
components into our products and the addition of new components.

Markets and Products

The following provides a detailed discussion regarding our audio and energy product lines:

Audio Products: High-precision analog and mixed-signal components, as well as audio digital signal processor
(“DSP”) products for consumer, professional and automotive entertainment markets.

Energy Products: High-precision analog and mixed-signal components for energy-related applications, such as
LED lighting, energy measurement, energy exploration and energy control systems.

AUDIO PRODUCTS

We are a recognized leader in analog and mixed-signal audio converter and audio DSP products that enable

today’s consumer, professional and automotive entertainment applications. Our broad portfolio of
approximately 250 active proprietary audio products includes analog-to-digital converters (“ADCs”), digital-to-
analog converters (“DACs”), “codecs”— chips that integrate ADCs and DACs into a single IC, digital interface
ICs, volume controls, adaptive noise cancelling circuits (“ANC”) and amplifiers, as well as audio DSPs. In fiscal
year 2014, the Company introduced its first line of voice processors, featuring SoundClear® technology, for
voice-enabled portable applications. Our products are used in a wide array of consumer applications, including
smartphones, tablets, laptops, audio/video receivers (“AVRs”) portable media players, home theater systems, set-
top boxes, portable speakers, headsets and headphones, digital camcorders and televisions. Applications for
products within professional markets include digital mixing consoles, multi-track digital recorders and effects
processors. Applications for products within automotive markets include amplifiers, satellite radio systems,
telematics and multi-speaker car-audio systems.

ENERGY PRODUCTS

We provide high-precision analog and mixed-signal ICs for targeted energy control, energy measurement,

LED lighting and energy exploration applications. We have approximately 450 active proprietary energy
products which include LED driver ICs, power meter ICs, ADCs, and DACs. Our products are used in a wide
array of high-precision, energy-related applications including LED retrofit lamps, digital utility meters, power
supplies and energy exploration.

Customers, Marketing, and Sales

We offer approximately 700 products worldwide through both direct and indirect sales channels. Our major
customers are among the world’s leading electronics manufacturers. We target both large existing and emerging

Page 4 of 72

growth consumer electronic and energy markets that derive value from our expertise in advanced analog and
mixed-signal design processing, systems-level integrated circuit engineering and embedded software
development. We derive our sales both domestically and from a variety of locations across the world, including
the People’s Republic of China, the European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, and the
United Kingdom. Our domestic sales force includes a network of direct sales offices located in California and
Texas. International sales offices and staff are located in Hong Kong, Japan, Shanghai and Shenzhen in the
People’s Republic of China, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom. We also have sales staff
located in Germany. We supplement our direct sales force with external sales representatives and
distributors. Our technical support staff is located in Texas and Arizona. Our worldwide sales force provides
geographically specific support to our customers and specialized selling of product lines with unique customer
bases. See Note 18 — Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in
Item 8 for further detail and for additional disclosure regarding sales and property, plant and equipment, net, by
geographic locations.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources,

we generally consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design.
These end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, or distributors, or through a third party
manufacturer contracted to produce their designs. For fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, our ten largest end
customers represented approximately 88 percent, 89 percent, and 74 percent, of our sales, respectively. For fiscal
years 2014, 2013, and 2012, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract
manufacturers and represented approximately 80 percent, 82 percent, and 62 percent, of the Company’s total
sales, respectively. For fiscal year 2012, we had one distributor, Avnet Inc., who represented 15 percent, of our
sales. No other customer or distributor represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2014, 2013,
or 2012.

Manufacturing

As a fabless semiconductor company, we contract with third parties for wafer fabrication and our assembly
and test operations. We use multiple wafer foundries, assembly sources and test houses in the production of our
inventory. Our outsourced manufacturing strategy allows us to concentrate on our design strengths, and minimize
fixed costs and capital expenditures while giving us access to advanced manufacturing facilities. It also provides
the flexibility to source multiple leading-edge technologies through strategic relationships. After wafer
fabrication by the foundry, third-party assembly vendors package the wafer die. The finished products are then
tested before shipment to our customers. While we do have some redundancy of fabrication processes by using
multiple outside foundries, any interruption of supply by one or more of these foundries could materially impact
the Company. As a result, we maintain some amount of business interruption insurance to help reduce the risk of
wafer supply interruption, but we are not fully insured against such risk. Our supply chain management
organization is responsible for the management of all aspects of the manufacturing, assembly, and testing of our
products, including process and package development, test program development, and production testing of
products in accordance with our ISO-certified quality management system.

Although our products are made from basic materials (principally silicon, metals and plastics), all of which

are available from a number of suppliers, capacity at wafer foundries sometimes becomes constrained. The
limited availability of certain materials may impact our suppliers’ ability to meet our demand needs or impact the
price we are charged. The prices of certain other basic materials, such as metals, gases and chemicals used in the
production of circuits can increase as demand grows for these basic commodities. In most cases, we do not
procure these materials ourselves; nevertheless, we are reliant on such materials for producing our products
because our outside foundry and package and test subcontractors must procure them. To help mitigate risks
associated with constrained capacity, we use multiple foundries, assembly and test sources.

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks

We rely on patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property, products,

and technology. As of March 29, 2014, we held approximately 1,007 granted U.S. patents, 182 U.S. pending
patent applications and various corresponding international patents and applications. Our U.S. patents expire in

Page 5 of 72

calendar years 2014 through 2032. While our patents are an important element of our success, our business as a
whole is not dependent on any one patent or group of patents. We do not anticipate any material effect on our
business due to any patents expiring in 2014, and we continue to obtain new patents through our ongoing
research and development.

We have maintained U.S. federal trademark registrations for CIRRUS LOGIC, CIRRUS, Cirrus Logic logo
designs, CRYSTAL, and SoundClear. These U.S. registrations may be renewed as long as the marks continue to
be used in interstate commerce. We have also filed or obtained foreign registration for these marks in other
countries or jurisdictions where we conduct, or anticipate conducting, international business.

To complement our own research and development efforts, we have also licensed and expect to continue to

license, a variety of intellectual property and technologies important to our business from third parties.

Research and Development

We concentrate our research and development efforts on the design and development of new products for

each of our principal markets. We also fund certain advanced-process technology development, as well as other
emerging product opportunities. Expenditures for research and development in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012
were $126.2 million, $114.1 million, and $85.7 million, respectively. Our future success is highly dependent
upon our ability to develop complex new products, transfer new products to volume production, introduce them
into the marketplace in a timely fashion, and have them selected for design into products of systems
manufacturers. Our future success may also depend on assisting our customers with integration of our
components into their new products, including providing support from the concept stage through design, launch
and production ramp.

Competition

Markets for our products are highly competitive and we expect that competition will continue to increase.
Our ability to compete effectively and to expand our business will depend on our ability to continue to recruit
key engineering talent, execute on new product developments, persuade customers to design-in these new
products into their applications, and provide lower-cost versions of existing products. We compete with other
semiconductor suppliers that offer standard semiconductors, application-specific standard products and fully
customized ICs, including embedded software, chip and board-level products.

While no single company competes with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition in all

markets where our products are available. We expect to face additional competition from new entrants in our
markets, which may include both large domestic and international IC manufacturers and smaller, emerging
companies.

The principal competitive factors in our markets include: time to market; quality of hardware/software
design and end-market systems expertise; price; product benefits that are characterized by performance, features,
quality and compatibility with standards; access to advanced process and packaging technologies at competitive
prices; and sales and technical support, which includes assisting our customers with integration of our
components into their new products and providing support from the concept stage through design, launch and
production ramp.

Product life cycles may vary greatly by product category. For example, many consumer electronic devices

have shorter design-in cycles; therefore, our competitors have increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve
design wins in next-generation systems. Conversely, this also provides us frequent opportunities to displace
competitors in products that have previously not utilized our design. The industrial and automotive markets
typically have longer life cycles, which provide continued revenue streams over longer periods of time.

Backlog

Sales are made primarily pursuant to short-term purchase orders for delivery of products. The quantity
actually ordered by the customer, as well as the shipment schedules, are frequently revised, without significant
penalty, to reflect changes in the customer’s needs. The majority of our backlog is typically requested for
delivery within six months. In markets where the end system life cycles are relatively short, customers typically

Page 6 of 72

request delivery in six to ten weeks. We believe a backlog analysis at any given time gives little indication of our
future business except on a short-term basis, principally within the next 60 days.

We utilize backlog as an indicator to assist us in production planning. However, backlog is influenced by

several factors including market demand, pricing, and customer order patterns in reaction to product lead times.
Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and
delivery because of changes in customer needs or industry conditions. As a result, we believe that our backlog at
any given time is an incomplete indicator of future sales.

Employees

As of March 29, 2014, we had 751 full-time employees, an increase of 99 employees, or 15 percent, from
the end of fiscal year 2013. The increase was primarily due to headcount increases at our headquarters location of
approximately 60 employees, primarily in research and development, in addition to the Acoustic Technologies,
Inc. (“Acoustic”) acquisition in the third quarter of the current fiscal year, which added approximately
30 employees. Of our full-time employees, 67 percent were engaged in research and product development
activities, 25 percent in sales, marketing, general and administrative activities, and 8 percent in manufacturing-
related activities. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate
highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering, and administrative personnel.

We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are represented by collective bargaining

agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Forward—Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995,
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other
than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking
statements are identified by words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “target,” “project,” “believe,” “goals,”
“estimates,” and “intend.” Variations of these types of words and similar expressions are intended to identify
these forward-looking statements. Any statements that refer to our plans, expectations, strategies or other
characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that
these forward-looking statements are predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are
difficult to predict. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any
forward-looking statements. Among the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those indicated by our forward-looking statements are those discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in
this report, as well as in the documents filed by us with the SEC, specifically the most recent reports on
Form 10-Q and 8-K, each as it may be amended from time to time.

We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the

date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we undertake no obligation to update this information to reflect
events or circumstances after the filing of this report with the SEC, except as required by law. All forward-
looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and attributable to Cirrus
Logic are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also
be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we may make or
persons acting on our behalf may issue. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-
looking statement for any reason.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. The risk factors set forth below may not be the only risks that we face

and there is a risk that we may have failed to identify all possible risk factors. Additional risks that we are not
aware of yet or that currently are not significant may adversely affect our business operations. You should read
the following cautionary statements in conjunction with the factors discussed elsewhere in this and other Cirrus

Page 7 of 72

Logic filings with the SEC. These cautionary statements are intended to highlight certain factors that may affect
the financial condition and results of operations of Cirrus Logic and are not meant to be an exhaustive discussion
of risks that apply to companies such as ours.

We depend on a limited number of customers and distributors for a substantial portion of our sales, and the
loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, or pricing on products sold to, any key customer or
distributor could significantly reduce our sales and our profitability.

While we generate sales from a broad base of customers worldwide, the loss of any of our key customers, or
a significant reduction in sales or selling prices to any key customer, or reductions in selling prices made to retain
key customer relationships, would significantly reduce our revenue, margins and earnings and adversely affect
our business. For the twelve month periods ending March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, our ten largest end
customers represented approximately 88 percent and 89 percent of our sales, respectively. For the twelve month
periods ending March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased
through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 80 percent and 82 percent of the
Company’s total sales, respectively. For the twelve month period ending March 31, 2012, we had one distributor,
Avnet Inc., who represented 15 percent of our sales.

We may not be able to maintain or increase sales to certain of our key customers for a variety of reasons,

including the following:

▪ most of our customers can stop incorporating our products into their own products with limited notice to

us and suffer little or no penalty;

▪

our agreements with our customers typically do not require them to purchase a minimum quantity of our
products;

▪ many of our customers have pre-existing or concurrent relationships with our current or potential

competitors that may affect the customers’ decisions to purchase our products;

▪

our customers face intense competition from other manufacturers that do not use our products; and

our customers regularly evaluate alternative sources of supply in order to diversify their supplier base,
which increases their negotiating leverage with us and their ability to either obtain or dual source
components from other suppliers.

In addition, our dependence on a limited number of key customers may make it easier for key customers to

pressure us to reduce the prices of the products we sell to them. We have experienced pricing pressure from
certain key customers and we expect that the average selling prices for certain of our products will decline from
time to time, potentially reducing our revenue, our margins and our earnings.

Our key customer relationships often require us to develop new products that may involve significant

technological challenges. Our customers frequently place considerable pressure on us to meet their tight
development schedules. In addition, we may from time to time enter into customer agreements providing for
exclusivity periods during which we may only sell specified products or technology to that customer.
Accordingly, we may have to devote a substantial amount of resources to strategic relationships, which could
detract from or delay our completion of other important development projects or the development of next
generation products and technologies.

Our lack of diversification in our revenue and customer base increases the risk of an investment in our
company, and our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, and stock price may deteriorate if we
fail to diversify.

Although we continue to invest in and investigate opportunities to diversify our revenue and customer base,

our sales, marketing, and development efforts have historically been focused on a limited number of customers
and opportunities. Larger companies have the ability to manage their risk by product, market, and customer
diversification. However, we lack diversification, in terms of both the nature and scope of our business, which
increases the risk of an investment in our company. If we cannot diversify our customer and revenue
opportunities, our financial condition and results of operations could deteriorate.

Page 8 of 72

We have entered into joint development agreements, custom product arrangements, and strategic relationships
with some of our largest customers. These arrangements subject us to a number of risks, and any failure to
execute on any of these arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, and financial condition.

We have entered into joint development, product collaboration and technology licensing arrangements with
some of our largest customers, and we expect to enter into new strategic arrangements of these kinds from time
to time in the future. Such arrangements can magnify several risks for us, including loss of control over the
development and development timeline of jointly developed products, risks associated with the ownership of the
intellectual property that is developed pursuant to such arrangements, and increased risk that our joint
development activities may result in products that are not commercially successful or that are not available in a
timely fashion. In addition, any third party with whom we enter into a joint development, product collaboration
or technology licensing arrangement may fail to commit sufficient resources to the project, change its policies or
priorities or abandon or fail to perform its obligations related to such arrangement. In addition, we may from time
to time enter into customer product arrangements that provide for exclusivity periods during which we may only
sell specified products or technologies to that particular customer. Any failure to timely develop commercially
successful products through our joint development activities as a result of any of these and other challenges could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We are subject to risks relating to product concentration.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of products, and we expect these
products to represent a large percentage of our revenues in the near term. Customer acceptance of these products
is critical to our future success. Our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could
therefore be adversely affected by:

▪

a decline in demand for any of our more significant products;

a decline in the average selling prices of our more significant products;

failure of our products to achieve continued market acceptance;

competitive products;

new technological standards or changes to existing standards that we are unable to address with our
products;

▪ manufacturing or supply issues that prevent us from meeting our customers’ demand for these products;

▪

a failure to release new products or enhanced versions of our existing products on a timely basis; and

the failure of our new products to achieve market acceptance.

In general, our customers may cancel or reschedule orders on short notice without incurring significant
penalties; therefore, our sales and operating results in any quarter are difficult to forecast.

In general, we rely on customers issuing purchase orders to buy our products rather than long-term supply

contracts. Customers may cancel or reschedule orders on short notice without incurring significant penalties.
Therefore, cancellations, reductions, or delays of orders from any significant customer could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, a significant portion of our sales and earnings in any quarter depends upon customer orders for

our products that we receive and fulfill in that quarter. Because our expense levels are based in part on our
expectations as to future revenue and to a large extent are fixed in the short term, we likely will be unable to
adjust spending on a timely basis to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in sales or reductions in average
selling prices. Accordingly, any significant shortfall of sales in relation to our expectations could hurt our
operating results.

Page 9 of 72

Our sales could be materially impacted by the failure of other component suppliers to deliver required parts
needed in the final assembly of our customers’ end products.

The products we supply our customers are typically a portion of the many components provided from
multiple suppliers in order to complete the final assembly of an end product. If one or more of these other
component suppliers are unable to deliver their required component(s) in order for the final end product to be
assembled, our customers may delay, or ultimately cancel, their orders from us.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which may create additional risks associated with our
ability to successfully integrate them into our business.

We continue to consider future acquisitions of other companies, or their technologies or products, to
improve our market position, broaden our technological capabilities, and expand our product offerings. If we are
able to acquire companies, products or technologies that would enhance our business, we could experience
difficulties in integrating them. Integrating acquired businesses involves a number of risks, including, but not
limited to:

▪

the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

unexpected costs or incurring unknown liabilities;

the diversion of management resources from other strategic and operational issues;

the inability to retain the employees of the acquired businesses;

difficulties relating to integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

adverse effects on our existing customer relationships or the existing customer relationships of acquired
businesses;

the potential incompatibility of the acquired business or their business customers;

adverse effects associated with entering into markets and acquiring technologies in areas in which we
have little experience; and

acquired intangible assets becoming impaired as a result of technological advancements or worse-than-
expected performance of the acquired business.

If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our business could be harmed.

Strong competition in the semiconductor market may harm our business.

The IC industry is intensely competitive and is frequently characterized by rapid technological change, price
erosion, technological obsolescence, and a push towards IC component integration. Because of shortened product
life cycles and even shorter design-in cycles in a number of the markets that we serve, our competitors have
increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve design wins in next-generation systems. In the event that
competitors succeed in supplanting our products, our market share may not be sustainable and our net sales,
gross margin and operating results would be adversely affected. Additionally, further component integration,
changes in system architectures, and transitions to new audio technologies could eliminate the need for our
products.

We compete in a number of fragmented markets. Our principal competitors in these markets include AKM

Semiconductor Inc., Analog Devices Inc., Audience, Inc., Austriamicrosystems AG, Dialog Semiconductor, ESS
Technology, Inc., Infineon Technologies AG, Marvell Technology Group, Ltd., Maxim Integrated Products Inc.,
NXP Semiconductors N.V., Power Integrations Inc., Qualcomm Incorporated, Realtek Semiconductor
Corporation, ST Microelectronics N.V., Texas Instruments, Inc., Wolfson Microelectronics plc, a public limited
company incorporated in Scotland (“Wolfson”), and Yamaha Corporation. See below “Risk Factors Relating to
the Wolfson Acquisition” and Note 20 – Subsequent Event for further information. Many of these competitors
have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, marketing, technical, distribution, and other resources;
broader product lines; broader intellectual property portfolios; and longer relationships with customers. We also

Page 10 of 72

expect intensified competition from emerging companies and from customers who develop their own IC
products. In addition, some of our current and future competitors maintain their own fabrication facilities, which
could benefit them in connection with cost, capacity, and technical issues.

Increased competition could adversely affect our business. We cannot provide assurances that we will be
able to compete successfully in the future or that competitive pressures will not adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations. Competitive pressures could reduce market acceptance of our products and
result in price reductions and increases in expenses that could adversely affect our business and our financial
condition. In particular, we have seen increased pricing pressures in the portable audio market, which will likely
impact revenues and gross margins in the future.

We are dependent on third-party manufacturing and supply relationships for the majority of our products.
Our reliance on third-party foundries and suppliers involves certain risks that may result in increased costs,
delays in meeting our customers’ demand, and loss of revenue.

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture

the majority of our products internally. We use third parties to manufacture, assemble, package and test the
majority of our products. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with these third parties, including:

▪

insufficient capacity available to meet our demand;

inadequate manufacturing yields and excessive costs;

inability of these third parties to obtain an adequate supply of raw materials;

difficulties selecting and integrating new subcontractors;

limited warranties on products supplied to us;

potential increases in prices; and

increased exposure to potential misappropriation of our intellectual property.

Our outside foundries and assembly and test suppliers generally manufacture our products on a purchase
order basis, and we have few long-term supply arrangements with these suppliers. Therefore, our third-party
manufacturers and suppliers are not obligated to supply us with products for any specific period of time, quantity,
or price, except as may be provided in any particular purchase order or in relation to an existing supply
agreement. A manufacturing or supply disruption experienced by one or more of our outside suppliers or a
disruption of our relationship with an outside foundry could negatively impact the production of certain of our
products for a substantial period of time.

In addition, difficulties associated with adapting our technology and product design to the proprietary
process technology and design rules of outside foundries can lead to reduced yields of our products. Since low
yields may result from either design or process technology failures, yield problems may not be effectively
determined or resolved until an actual product exists that can be analyzed and tested to identify process
sensitivities relating to the design rules that are used. As a result, yield problems may not be identified until well
into the production process, and resolution of yield problems may require cooperation between our manufacturer
and us. This risk could be compounded by the offshore location of certain of our manufacturers, increasing the
effort and time required to identify, communicate and resolve manufacturing yield problems. Manufacturing
defects that we do not discover during the manufacturing or testing process may lead to costly product recalls.
These risks may lead to increased costs or delayed product delivery, which would harm our profitability and
customer relationships.

In some cases, our requirements may represent a small portion of the total production of the third-party
suppliers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a producer will cease production of an older or lower-volume
process that it uses to produce our parts. We cannot provide any assurance that our external foundries will
continue to devote resources to the production of parts for our products or continue to advance the process design
technologies on which the manufacturing of our products are based. Each of these events could increase our
costs, lower our gross margin, and cause us to hold more inventories, or materially impact our ability to deliver
our products on time.

Page 11 of 72

Our products are complex and could contain defects, which could result in material costs to us.

Product development in the markets we serve is becoming more focused on the integration of multiple

functions on individual devices. There is a general trend towards increasingly complex products. The greater
integration of functions and complexity of operations of our products increases the risk that we or our customers
or end users could discover latent defects or subtle faults after volumes of product have been shipped. This could
result in material costs and other adverse consequences to us, including, but not limited to:

▪

reduced margins;

damage to our reputation;

a material recall and replacement costs for product warranty and support;

payments to our customer related to recall claims as a result of various industry or business practices,
contractual requirements, or in order to maintain good customer relationships;

an adverse impact to our customer relationships by the occurrence of significant defects;

a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share, or failure to achieve market acceptance;
and

a diversion of the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts.

In addition, any defects or other problems with our products could result in financial losses or other

damages to our customers who could seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability or warranty claim
brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend. In particular, the
sale of systems and components that are incorporated into certain applications for the automotive industry
involves a high degree of risk that such claims may be made.

Due to the complex nature of our products, quality and reliability issues may arise after significant volumes

of a product have shipped. This could result in damage to our reputation as a high quality supplier; a material
recall or significant product warranty costs; a delay in recognition of revenue; loss of customers and market
share; lower manufacturing yields; or a diversion of our engineering personnel from our product development
efforts.

While we believe that we are reasonably insured against some of these risks and that we have attempted to

contractually limit our financial exposure with many of our customers, a warranty or product liability claim
against us in excess of our available insurance coverage and established reserves, or a requirement that we
participate in a customer product recall, could have material adverse effects on our business, results of
operations, and financial condition.

Because we depend on subcontractors internationally to perform key manufacturing functions for us, we are
subject to political, economic, and natural disaster risks that could disrupt the fabrication, assembly,
packaging, or testing of our products.

We depend on third-party subcontractors, primarily in Asia, for the fabrication, assembly, packaging, and
testing of most of our products. International operations may be subject to a variety of risks, including political
instability, global health conditions, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations, changes in import/export
regulations, tariff and freight rates, as well as the risks of natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, and
floods. Although we seek to reduce our dependence on any one subcontractor, this concentration of
subcontractors and manufacturing operations in Asia subjects us to the risks of conducting business
internationally, including associated political and economic conditions. If we experience manufacturing problems
at a particular location, or a supplier is unable to continue operating due to financial difficulties, natural disasters,
or other reasons, we would be required to transfer manufacturing to a backup supplier. Converting or transferring
manufacturing from a primary supplier to a backup facility could be expensive and time consuming. As a result,
delays in our production or shipping by the parties to whom we outsource these functions could reduce our sales,
damage our customer relationships, and damage our reputation in the marketplace, any of which could harm our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Page 12 of 72

Our products may be subject to average selling prices that decline over time. If we are unable to maintain
average selling prices for existing products, increase our volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with
higher selling prices, or reduce our costs, our business and operating results could be harmed.

Historically in the semiconductor industry, average selling prices of products have decreased over time.

Moreover, our dependence on a limited number of key customers may make it easier for key customers to
pressure us to reduce the prices of the products we sell to them. If the average selling price of any of our products
declines and we are unable to increase our unit volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with higher
margins, and/or reduce manufacturing costs to offset anticipated decreases in the prices of our existing products,
our operating results may be adversely affected. In addition, because of procurement lead times, we are limited in
our ability to reduce total costs quickly in response to any reductions in prices or sales shortfalls. Because of
these factors, we may experience material adverse fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or
annual basis.

We may experience difficulties transitioning to advanced manufacturing process technologies, which could
materially adversely affect our results.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to transition our current development and production
efforts to advanced manufacturing process technologies on circuit geometries of 55 nano-meter and smaller. To
the extent that we do not timely transition to smaller geometries, experience difficulties in shifting to smaller
geometries, or have significant quality or reliability issues at these smaller geometries, our results could be
materially adversely affected.

Costs related to product defects and errata may harm our results of operations and business.

Costs associated with unexpected product defects and errata (deviations from published specifications) due

to, for example, unanticipated problems in our design and manufacturing processes, could include:

▪ writing off or reserving the value of inventory of such products;
▪

disposing of products that cannot be fixed;

▪

recalling such products that have been shipped to customers;

providing product replacements for, or modifications to, such products; and

defending against litigation related to such products.

These costs could be substantial and may increase our expenses and lower our margins and profitability. In

addition, our reputation with our customers or users of our products could be damaged as a result of such product
defects and errata, and the demand for our products could be reduced. The announcement of product defects and/
or errata could cause customers to purchase products from our competitors as a result of anticipated shortages of
our components or for other reasons. These factors could harm our financial results and the prospects for our
business.

As we carry only limited insurance coverage, any incurred liability resulting from uncovered claims could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to fully offset losses from covered incidents, and we do not
have coverage for certain losses. For example, there is limited coverage available with respect to the services
provided by our third party foundries and assembly and test subcontractors. Although we believe that our existing
insurance coverage is consistent with common practices of companies in our industry, our insurance coverage
may be inadequate to protect us against product recalls, natural disasters, and other unforeseen catastrophes that
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to develop and ramp new products into production in a timely manner could harm our operating
results.

Our success depends upon our ability to develop new products for new and existing customers, and to
introduce these products in a timely and cost-effective manner. New product introductions involve significant

Page 13 of 72

investment of resources and potential risks. Delays in new product introductions or less-than-anticipated market
acceptance of our new products are possible and would have an adverse effect on our sales and earnings. The
development of new products is highly complex and, from time-to-time, we have experienced delays in
developing and introducing these new products. Successful product development and introduction depend on a
number of factors including, but not limited to:

▪

proper new product definition;

timely completion of design and testing of new products;

assisting our customers with integration of our components into their new products, including providing
support from the concept stage through design, launch and production ramp;

successfully developing and implementing the software necessary to integrate our products into our
customers’ products;

achievement of acceptable manufacturing yields;

▪

availability of wafer fabrication, assembly, and test capacity; and
▪ market acceptance of our products and the products of our customers.

Both sales and/or margins may be materially affected if new product introductions are delayed, or if our
products are not designed into successive generations of new or existing customers’ products. Our failure to
develop and introduce new products successfully could harm our business and operating results.

Shifts in industry-wide capacity and our practice of ordering and purchasing our products based on sales
forecasts may result in significant fluctuations in inventory and our quarterly and annual operating results.

We rely on independent foundries and assembly and test houses to manufacture our products. Our reliance

on these third party suppliers involves certain risks and uncertainties. For example, shifts in industry-wide
capacity from shortages to oversupply, or from oversupply to shortages, may result in significant fluctuations in
our quarterly and annual operating results. In addition, we may order wafers and build inventory in advance of
receiving purchase orders from our customers. Because our industry is highly cyclical and is subject to
significant downturns resulting from excess capacity, overproduction, reduced demand, order cancellations, or
technological obsolescence, there is a risk that we will forecast inaccurately and produce excess inventories of
particular products. In addition, if we experience supply constraints or manufacturing problems at a particular
supplier, we could be required to switch suppliers or qualify additional suppliers. Switching and/or qualifying
additional suppliers could be an expensive process and take as long as six to twelve months to complete, which
could result in material adverse fluctuations to our operating results.

We generally order our products through non-cancelable purchase orders from third-party foundries based

on our sales forecasts, and our customers can generally cancel or reschedule orders they place with us without
significant penalties. If we do not receive orders as anticipated by our forecasts, or our customers cancel orders
that are placed, we may experience increased inventory levels.

Due to the product manufacturing cycle characteristic of IC manufacturing and the inherent imprecision in

the accuracy of our customers’ forecasts, product inventories may not always correspond to product demand,

Page 14 of 72

leading to shortages or surpluses of certain products. As a result of such inventory imbalances, future inventory
write-downs and charges to gross margin may occur due to lower of cost or market accounting, excess inventory,
and inventory obsolescence.

We have historically experienced fluctuations in our operating results and expect these fluctuations to
continue in future periods.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could materially and
adversely affect our net sales, gross margin, and operating results. If our operating results fall below expectations
of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. We are
subject to business cycles and it is difficult to predict the timing, length, or volatility of these cycles. These
business cycles may create pressure on our sales, gross margin, and/or operating results.

Factors that could cause fluctuations and materially and adversely affect our net sales, gross margin and/or

operating results include, but are not limited to:

▪

the volume and timing of orders received;

changes in the mix of our products sold;

▪ market acceptance of our products and the products of our customers;
▪

excess or obsolete inventory;

▪

pricing pressures from competitors and key customers;

our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis;

the timing and extent of our research and development expenses;

the failure to anticipate changing customer product requirements;

disruption in the supply of wafers, assembly, or test services;

reduction of manufacturing yields;

certain production and other risks associated with using independent manufacturers, assembly houses,
and testers; and

product obsolescence, price erosion, competitive developments, and other competitive factors.

We have significant international sales, and risks associated with these sales could harm our operating results.

Export sales, principally to Asia, include sales to U.S-based customers with overseas manufacturing plants

or manufacturing sub-contractors. These export sales represented 94 percent of our net sales in each of fiscal
years 2014 and 2013, and 88 percent, of our net sales in fiscal year 2012. We expect export sales to continue to
represent a significant portion of product sales. This reliance on international sales subjects us to the risks of
conducting business internationally, including risks associated with political and economic instability, global
health conditions, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations and changes in import/export regulations, tariff
and freight rates, as well as the risks of natural disaster, especially in Asia. For example, the political or
economic instability in a given region may have an adverse impact on the financial position of end users in the
region, which could affect future orders and harm our results of operations. Our international sales operations
involve a number of other risks including, but not limited to:

▪

unexpected changes in government regulatory requirements;

changes to countries’ banking and credit requirements;

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

delays resulting from difficulty in obtaining export licenses for technology;

tariffs and other barriers and restrictions;

Page 15 of 72

▪

competition with non-U.S. companies or other domestic companies entering the non-U.S. markets in
which we operate;

longer sales and payment cycles;

problems in collecting accounts receivable; and

the burdens of complying with a variety of non-U.S. laws.

In addition, our competitive position may be affected by the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against other
currencies. Consequently, increases in the value of the dollar would increase the price in local currencies of our
products in non-U.S. markets and make our products relatively more expensive. Alternatively, decreases in the
value of the dollar will increase the relative cost of operations that are based overseas. We cannot provide
assurances that regulatory, political and other factors will not adversely affect our operations in the future or
require us to modify our current business practices.

Our international operations subject our business to additional political and economic risks that could have
an adverse impact on our business.

In addition to international sales constituting a large portion of our net sales, we maintain international
operations, sales, and technical support personnel. International expansion has required, and will continue to
require, significant management attention and resources. There are risks inherent in expanding our presence into
non-U.S. regions, including, but not limited to:

▪

difficulties in staffing and managing non-U.S. operations;

failure of non-U.S. laws to adequately protect our U.S. intellectual property, patent, trademarks,
copyrights, know-how, and other proprietary rights;

global health conditions and potential natural disasters;

political and economic instability in international regions;

international currency controls and exchange rate fluctuations;

vulnerability to terrorist groups targeting American interests abroad; and

legal uncertainty regarding liability and compliance with non-U.S. laws and regulatory requirements.

If we are unable to successfully manage the demands of our international operations, it may have a material

adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We may be adversely impacted by global economic conditions. As a result, our financial results and the market
price of our common shares may decline.

Global economic conditions could make it difficult for our customers, our suppliers, and us to accurately
forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause global businesses to defer or reduce spending on our
products, or increase the costs of manufacturing our products. During challenging economic times our customers
and distributors may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impact their ability to
make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may be required to increase our allowance for doubtful
accounts and our days sales outstanding would increase.

We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic

recovery. If the economy or markets in which we operate were to deteriorate, our business, financial condition,
and results of operations will likely be materially and/or adversely affected.

Our results may be affected by the fluctuation in sales in the consumer entertainment and smartphone
markets.

Because we sell products primarily in the consumer entertainment and smartphone markets, we are likely to
be affected by seasonality in the sales of our products and the cyclical nature of these markets. Further, a decline

Page 16 of 72

in consumer confidence and consumer spending relating to economic conditions, terrorist attacks, armed
conflicts, oil prices, global health conditions, natural disasters, and/or the political stability of countries that we
operate in or sell into could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our failure to manage our distribution channel relationships could adversely affect our business.

The future of our business, as well as the future growth of our business, will depend in part on our ability to

manage our relationships with current and future distributors and external sales representatives and to develop
additional channels for the distribution and sale of our products. The inability to successfully manage these
relationships could adversely affect our business.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents and to preserve our other intellectual property

rights covering our products. We seek patent protection for those inventions and technologies for which we
believe such protection is suitable and is likely to provide a competitive advantage to us. We also rely on trade
secrets, proprietary technology, non-disclosure and other contractual terms, and technical measures to protect our
technology and manufacturing knowledge. We work actively to foster continuing technological innovation to
maintain and protect our competitive position. We cannot provide assurances that steps taken by us to protect our
intellectual property will be adequate, that our competitors will not independently develop or design around our
patents, or that our intellectual property will not be misappropriated. In addition, the laws of some non-U.S.
countries may not protect our intellectual property as well as the laws of the United States.

Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial
condition. Policing infringement of our technology is difficult, and litigation may be necessary in the future to
enforce our intellectual property rights. Any such litigation could be expensive, take significant time, and divert
management’s attention from other business concerns.

Potential intellectual property claims and litigation could subject us to significant liability for damages and
could invalidate our proprietary rights.

The IC industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights.
We may find it necessary to initiate a lawsuit to assert our patent or other intellectual property rights. These legal
proceedings could be expensive, take significant time, and divert management’s attention from other business
concerns. We cannot provide assurances that we will ultimately be successful in any lawsuit, nor can we provide
assurances that any patent owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. We cannot provide
assurances that rights granted under our patents will provide competitive advantages to us, or that any of our
pending or future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all.

As is typical in the IC industry, we and our customers have, from time to time, received and may in the
future receive, communications from third parties asserting patents, mask work rights, or copyrights. In the event
third parties were to make a valid intellectual property claim and a license was not available on commercially
reasonable terms, our operating results could be harmed. Litigation, which could result in substantial cost to us
and diversion of our management, technical and financial resources, may also be necessary to defend us against
claimed infringement of the rights of others. An unfavorable outcome in any such suit could have an adverse
effect on our future operations and/or liquidity.

System security risks, data protection breaches, cyber-attacks and other related cyber security issues could
disrupt our internal operations, and any such disruption could increase our expenses, damage our reputation
and adversely affect our stock price.

Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our security controls and
misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or
cause shutdowns. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms
and other malicious software programs that attack our websites, products or otherwise exploit any security
vulnerabilities of our websites and products. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security

Page 17 of 72

problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant,
and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays,
cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our sales, manufacturing,
distribution or other critical functions.

We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our

business. In addition, we manage and store a significant amount of proprietary and sensitive confidential
information from our customers. Any breach of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent
disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us or
our customers, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of fraud, trickery
or other forms of deception, could result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and
reputation or otherwise harm our business.

If we fail to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, we may not be able to develop, market, or sell our
products or successfully manage our business.

Competition for highly qualified personnel in our industry is intense. The number of technology companies
in the geographic areas in which we operate is greater than it has been historically and we expect competition for
qualified personnel to intensify. There are only a limited number of individuals in the job market with the
requisite skills. Our Human Resources organization focuses significant efforts on attracting and retaining
individuals in key technology positions. The loss of the services of key personnel or our inability to hire new
personnel with the requisite skills could restrict our ability to develop new products or enhance existing products
in a timely manner, sell products to our customers, or manage our business effectively.

If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully assimilate new talent, our ability to meet
development schedules, productivity, employee morale and retention could be impacted, resulting in an
adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We continue to experience rapid growth in hiring new employees. As we continue to grow, we must
effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees, while at the same time not losing
key personnel. While managing those risks, we still must sustain the beneficial aspects of our award-winning
corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and mitigates voluntary turnover.

We intend to make substantial investments to expand our engineering, research and development
organizations. The challenges of integrating a rapidly growing employee base into our corporate culture are
exacerbated by the tight product development schedules for our key customers. Therefore, if we fail to
effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully assimilate new talent, our ability to meet development
schedules, productivity, employee morale and retention could be impacted, resulting in an adverse effect on our
business and operating results.

We are subject to the export control regulations of the U.S. Department of State and the Department of
Commerce. A violation of these export control regulations could have a material adverse effect on our
business or our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.

The nature of our international business subjects us to the export control regulations of the U.S. Department

of State and the Department of Commerce. If these export control regulations are violated, it could result in
monetary penalties and denial of export privileges. The U.S. government is very strict with respect to compliance
and has served notice generally that failure to comply with these regulations may subject violators to fines and/or
imprisonment. Although we are not aware of any material violation of any export control regulations, a failure to
comply with any of the above mentioned regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in the valuation allowance on our deferred tax
assets.

The Company has a significant amount of deferred tax assets. Our ability to recognize these deferred tax
assets is dependent upon our ability to determine whether it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize,
or actually use, these deferred tax assets. That determination depends primarily on our ability to generate future

Page 18 of 72

U.S. taxable income. Our judgments regarding future profitability may change due to future market conditions,
changes in U.S. or international tax laws and other factors. These changes, if any, may require possible material
adjustments to the net deferred tax asset and an accompanying reduction or increase in net income in the period
in which such determinations are made.

Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock fluctuates significantly. This fluctuation has been or may be the

result of numerous factors, including, but not limited to:

▪

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

announcements concerning our business or those of our competitors, customers, or suppliers;

loss of a significant customer, or customers;

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts or our failure to perform as anticipated by the
analysts;

news, commentary, and rumors emanating from the media relating to our customers, the industry, or us.
These reports may be unrelated to the actual operating performance of the Company, and in some cases,
may be potentially misleading or incorrect;

announcements regarding technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

announcements by us of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital
commitments;

announcements by us of significant divestitures or sale of certain assets or intellectual property;

litigation arising out of a wide variety of matters, including, among others, employment matters and
intellectual property matters;

departure of key personnel;

single significant stockholders selling for any reason;

general conditions in the IC industry; and

general market conditions and interest rates.

We have provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and are subject to certain provisions of
Delaware law, which could prevent, delay or impede a change of control of our company. These provisions
could affect the market price of our stock.

Certain provisions of Delaware law and of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it more

difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if our stockholders support the acquisition. These provisions include,
but are not limited to:

▪

the inability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent; and

a requirement that stockholders provide advance notice of any stockholder nominations of directors or
any proposal of new business to be considered at any meeting of stockholders.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover laws of Delaware that may prevent, delay or impede a third party

from acquiring or merging with us, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We are subject to the risks of owning real property.

We currently own our U.S. headquarters in Austin, Texas. The ownership of our U.S. headquarters subjects

us to the risks of owning real property, which may include:

▪

the possibility of environmental contamination and the costs associated with correcting any
environmental problems;

Page 19 of 72

▪

adverse changes in the value of these properties, due to interest rate changes, changes in the
neighborhood in which the property is located, or other factors; and

the risk of financial loss in excess of amounts covered by insurance, or uninsured risks, such as the loss
caused by damage to the buildings as a result of fire, floods, or other natural disasters.

Risk Factors Relating to the Wolfson Acquisition

On April 29, 2014, we announced that we and the board of directors of Wolfson had agreed on the terms of

a recommended cash offer of £2.35 per share (the “Offer”) to be made by us for the acquisition of the entire
issued and to be issued share capital of Wolfson (the “Acquisition”). The Offer values the entire issued and to be
issued share capital of Wolfson at approximately £291 million (approximately $488 million based on a U.S.
dollar-to-pound sterling exchange rate of 1.68) (the “Offer Consideration”). It is intended that the Acquisition
will be effected by means of a court-sanctioned scheme of arrangement under the laws of the United Kingdom
(the “Scheme”). The Offer is subject to the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “City Code”) and is
regulated by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Takeover Panel”).

We must obtain governmental and regulatory consents to complete the Acquisition, which, if delayed, not
granted or granted with onerous conditions, may jeopardize or delay the Acquisition, result in additional
expenditures of money and resources and/or reduce the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition.

The Offer is conditional on, among other things, confirmation from the U.K. Competition and Markets
Authority (the “CMA”) on terms reasonably satisfactory to Cirrus Logic that the Acquisition will not be subject
to a Phase 2 review under the U.K. Enterprise Act of 2002, as amended by the U.K. Enterprise and Regulatory
Reform Act 2013. We may not be able to obtain the required confirmation and, if so, the required conditions of
the Scheme may not be satisfied. This could prevent the completion of the Scheme.

The Acquisition must be sanctioned by a U.K. court and approved by Wolfson’s shareholders and, and if such
approvals are not obtained, the Acquisition will not become effective.

The Scheme must be sanctioned by a U.K. court and approved at the Wolfson shareholders meeting

convened in connection with the Scheme by both (1) a majority in number of the Wolfson shareholders voting at
the meeting and (2) at least 75% of the votes cast. If these required approvals are not obtained, the Acquisition
will not become effective.

Even if a material adverse change to Wolfson’s business or prospects were to occur, we may not be able to
invoke the conditions to the Acquisition and terminate the Scheme, in which case, we would be required to
complete the Acquisition without any reduction in or adjustment to the Offer Consideration payable to the
Wolfson security holders.

Completion of the Acquisition is subject to a number of conditions, including that there has been no material

adverse change or deterioration in the business, assets, financial position, profits or prospects of Wolfson and its
subsidiaries before the Acquisition becomes or is declared unconditional and effective. Under the U.K. Takeover
Code, and except for the Wolfson shareholder approval condition and the conditions relating to antitrust
clearance, we may invoke a condition to the Acquisition to cause the Scheme not to proceed only if the U.K.
Takeover Panel determines that the circumstances giving rise to that condition not being satisfied are of material
significance to us in the context of the Acquisition. If a material adverse change affecting Wolfson occurs and the
U.K. Takeover Panel does not allow us to invoke the condition, we may be required to complete the Acquisition
and our business or our financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to restrictions in order to comply with and borrow funds under our credit facility and we may
not be able to secure future financing.

On April 29, 2014, we entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association, as administrative agent and lender. The Credit Agreement provides for a $225 million
senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) that may be used for, among other things, payment
of the Offer Consideration in connection with the Acquisition.

Page 20 of 72

The Credit Agreement contains various conditions, covenants and representations with which we must
comply on an ongoing basis and in order to borrow funds thereunder. If we fail to comply with these conditions,
covenants and representations, we may not be able to borrow funds under the Credit Facility.

For purposes of the Acquisition however, the Credit Agreement provides for a “Certain Funds Period”

during which only limited borrowing conditions apply and only breaches of certain major representations and
major defaults or illegality would prevent us from borrowing to fund the payment of the Offer Consideration. If
we are in breach or default of other terms of the Credit Agreement, the lenders cannot prevent funding for
payment of the Offer Consideration. If we are in breach or default of the Credit Agreement following the Certain
Funds Period (or a breach of a major representation occurs or a major default exists during the Certain Funds
Period), the administrative agent may be able to declare the entire outstanding amount of the Credit Facility
immediately due and payable (subject to a 60 day cure period in respect of inadvertent defaults caused by
circumstances existing at Wolfson on the Acquisition closing date) and our business or our financial condition
may be materially adversely affected.

The Credit Facility expires no later than January 23, 2015, at which time we will be required to refinance the
outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility. We may not be able to secure new financing, or financing on
terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to refinance the Credit Facility, our business and our financial
condition would be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend on, among other things, our future financial and
operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business,
regulatory, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to
service our future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying business activities,
acquisitions, investments, and/or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our
indebtedness, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of
these remedies on satisfactory terms or at all.

While the Acquisition is pending, we must maintain sufficient cash resources to enable us to pay the full
amount of the Offer Consideration to the Wolfson security holders, restricting our ability to use cash and
borrowing capacity under our credit facility to meet other needs of our business.

In connection with the Offer, we entered into a Certain Funds Undertaking with our financial advisor,

Goldman Sachs International, providing certain assurances and undertakings to enable Goldman Sachs to
confirm, as required by the City Code, that sufficient cash resources are and will continue to be available to us to
pay the full amount of the Offer Consideration. The Certain Funds Undertaking effectively restricts our use of the
funds required to pay the Offer Consideration until the earlier of the Offer being completed, lapsing or being
withdrawn or January 23, 2015. While the Acquisition is pending, our use of cash on our balance sheet and our
ability to draw under the Credit Facility to meet other needs of our business will therefore be limited. We believe
that we have sufficient unrestricted cash to meet the liquidity and capital requirements of our business, but our
business or our financial condition could be materially adversely affected if our cash requirements are higher
than we anticipate.

The Acquisition could cause disruptions in the businesses of Cirrus Logic and/or Wolfson, which could have
material adverse effects on their businesses and financial results, as well as on the business prospects and
financial results of the combined company.

The Acquisition could cause disruptions in the businesses of Cirrus Logic and/or Wolfson. Specifically,
some existing customers, including key customers, of Cirrus Logic and/or Wolfson may have concerns about
purchasing products from the combined company if, for example, the combined company is also selling products
to their competitors. Moreover, some current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their
future roles within the combined company, which may adversely affect the ability of Cirrus Logic and Wolfson
to retain or recruit key managers and other employees. If Cirrus Logic and Wolfson fail to manage these risks
effectively, the business and financial results of Cirrus Logic, Wolfson and the combined company could be
adversely affected.

Page 21 of 72

If there are significant, unforeseen difficulties integrating the business operations of Cirrus Logic and
Wolfson, the business of the combined company could be adversely affected.

We intend, to the extent possible, to integrate the operations of Wolfson with our operations. Our goal in

integrating these operations is to increase revenues through enhanced growth opportunities and achieve cost
savings by taking advantage of the anticipated synergies of consolidation. However, we may encounter
difficulties integrating Wolfson’s operations into our operations, resulting in a delay or the failure to achieve the
anticipated synergies, including the expected increases in earnings and cost savings. If such difficulties are
significant, this could adversely affect the business of the combined company.

We may incur higher than expected integration, transaction and acquisition-related costs.

We expect to incur a number of non-recurring costs associated with combining the operations of the two
companies. In addition, we will incur investment banking, legal, accounting and other transaction fees and costs
related to the Acquisition. Some of these costs are payable regardless of whether the Acquisition is completed
and such costs may be higher than anticipated. Although we believe that the elimination of duplicative costs, as
well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, will offset these
implementation and acquisition costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved within the expected
timetable. In addition, some of these costs could be higher than we anticipate, which could reduce the net
benefits of the transaction and impact our results of operations.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2. Properties

As of May 1, 2014, our principal facilities are located in Austin, Texas. The Company’s corporate
headquarters, which we own, consists of approximately 135,000 square feet of office space and is primarily
occupied by research and development personnel and testing equipment. In addition, the Company has purchased
surrounding properties that consist of approximately 32,000 square feet of space, of which 7,000 square feet is
subleased through November 2014. We expect to staff these facilities with a mixture of administrative personnel,
research and development personnel, and testing equipment as needed, once renovations are complete and the
current sublease expires.

Additionally, we have various leased facilities in Austin, Texas, consisting of approximately 96,000 square

feet. This includes approximately 59,000 square feet of leased space that houses a mixture of administrative
personnel as well as research and development personnel. Our failure analysis and reliability facilities occupy the
remaining 37,000 square feet of leased space.

Pursuant to the acquisition of Acoustic on October 1, 2013, the Company assumed the existing lease for

Acoustic’s operations, which consisted of approximately 13,000 square feet. This lease was subsequently
extended through April 2019.

The Company closed operations in Tucson, Arizona during fiscal year 2013, which included 28,000 square
feet of leased office space that was primarily occupied by engineering personnel. A portion of this leased facility
has been subleased through the term of the existing lease, which extends through May 2015.

Page 22 of 72

Below is a detailed schedule that identifies our principal locations of occupied leased and owned property as

of May 1, 2014, with various lease terms through calendar year 2019:

Design Centers
Austin, Texas
Mesa, Arizona

Sales Support Offices – International
Hong Kong, China
Shanghai, China
Shenzhen, China
Tokyo, Japan
Singapore
Seoul, South Korea
Taipei, Taiwan
Buckinghamshire, United Kingdom

See Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained

in Item 8 for further detail.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the

conduct of our business activities. We regularly evaluate the status of legal proceedings in which we are involved
to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have
been incurred and to determine if accruals are appropriate. We further evaluate each legal proceeding to assess
whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made.

On June 4, 2012, U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC (the “Plaintiff”) filed suit against Cirrus Logic and two

other defendants in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas. The Plaintiff alleges that Cirrus Logic
infringed four U.S. patents relating to Ethernet technology. In its complaint, the Plaintiff indicated that it is
seeking unspecified monetary damages, including up to treble damages for willful infringement. We answered
the complaint on June 29, 2012, denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that
the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed. The parties entered into a settlement agreement on May 30,
2013. In exchange for a full release of claims as it relates to the asserted patent, we paid the Plaintiff $0.7
million. This amount is recorded as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income under the caption “Patent infringement settlements, net.”

On February 4, 2013, a purported shareholder filed a class action complaint in the U.S. District Court,
Southern District of New York against the Company and two of the Company’s executives (the “Securities
Case”). Koplyay v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al. Civil Action No. 13-CV-0790. The complaint alleges that the
defendants violated the federal securities laws by making materially false and misleading statements regarding
our business results between July 31, 2012, and October 31, 2012, and seeks unspecified damages along with
plaintiff’s costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. A second complaint was filed on April 13, 2013, by a
different purported shareholder, in the same court, setting forth substantially the same allegations. On April 19,
2013, the court appointed the plaintiff and counsel in the first class action complaint as the lead plaintiff and lead
counsel. The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on May 1, 2013, including substantially the same
allegations as the original complaint. On May 24, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended
complaint for failure to state a claim. On December 2, 2013, the court granted the Company’s motion and
dismissed the case with prejudice. The plaintiff did not appeal the court’s order and the case has concluded.

On April 13, 2013, another purported shareholder filed a shareholder derivative complaint against several of

our current officers and directors in the District Court of Travis County, Texas, 53rd Judicial District (the
“Derivative Case”). Graham, derivatively on behalf of Cirrus Logic, Inc. v. Rhode, et. al., Cause No.
D-1-GN-13-001285. In this complaint, the plaintiff makes allegations similar to those presented in the Securities
Case, but the plaintiff asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty and
unjust enrichment. On January 27, 2014, the plaintiff filed a Notice of Non-Suit (the “Notice”) indicating that the
plaintiff did not intend to pursue the claims further. Based on the plaintiff’s filing of the Notice, the court
dismissed the plaintiff’s claims without prejudice.

Page 23 of 72

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of

Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

As of May 23, 2014, there were approximately 594 holders of record of our common stock.

We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and currently intend to continue a policy of retaining

any earnings for reinvestment in our business.

The information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the proxy statement to be
delivered to stockholders in connection with our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 28, 2014
(the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low intra-day sales prices for our common

stock.

Fiscal year ended March 29, 2014

First quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal year ended March 30, 2013

High

Low

$23.48
25.27
25.91
20.87

$31.23
45.49
42.00
31.97

$16.46
17.36
18.55
16.81

$20.28
24.94
25.31
22.04

Page 24 of 72

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table provides information about purchases of equity securities that are registered by us
pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the three months ended March 29, 2014 (in thousands, except
per share amounts):

Monthly Period

December 29, 2013 -

January 25, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

January 26, 2014 -

February 22, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

February 23, 2014 -

March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price
Paid Per Share

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares That
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs(1)

—

500

$ —

—

19.50

$19.50

—

500

$ —

—

62,253

$62,253

(1) On November 20, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase

program of up to $200 million of the Company’s common stock. The repurchases were to be funded
from existing cash and were intended to be effected opportunistically from time to time in accordance
with applicable securities laws through the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The
timing of the repurchases and the actual amount purchased depend on a variety of factors including
market price of the Company’s shares, general market and economic conditions, and other corporate
considerations. The program does not have an expiration date, does not obligate the Company to
repurchase any particular amount of its common stock, and may be modified or suspended at any time at
the Company’s discretion. The Company repurchased 0.5 million shares of its common stock for $9.7
million during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014. All of these shares were repurchased in the open
market and were funded from existing cash. All shares of our common stock that were repurchased were
retired as of March 29, 2014.

Page 25 of 72

Stock Price Performance Graph

The following graph and table show a comparison of the five-year cumulative total stockholder return,
calculated on a dividend reinvestment basis, for Cirrus Logic, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Index (the
“S&P 500 Index”), and the Semiconductor Subgroup of the Standard & Poor’s Electronics Index (the “S&P 500
Semiconductors Index”).

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
on March 28, 2009

S
R
A
L
L
O
D

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

3/28/2009

3/27/2010

3/26/2011

3/31/2012

3/30/2013

3/29/2014

Cirrus Logic Inc.

S&P 500 Index - Total Returns

S&P 500 Semiconductors Index

3/28/2009

3/27/2010

3/26/2011

3/31/2012

3/30/2013

3/29/2014

Cirrus Logic, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P 500 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P 500 Semiconductors Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.00
100.00
100.00

197.25
146.06
152.05

529.00
167.78
169.60

595.00
183.84
195.10

568.75
209.51
176.36

488.00
253.28
226.95

(1) The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and in each index at the market close
on March 28, 2009, and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends were declared on our
common stock during the periods presented.

(2) Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder

returns.

The information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K appearing under the heading “Stock Price

Performance Graph” is being “furnished” pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, other than as provided in Item 201(e) of
Regulation S-K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 26 of 72

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

The information contained below should be read along with Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8 — Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts).

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial position at year end:
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted investments and
marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2014

2013

(1)
$714,338
108,111
1.72
1.65

$
$

(1)
$809,786
136,598
2.12
2.00

$
$

Fiscal Years
2012

(1)
$426,843
87,983
1.35
1.29

$
$

2011

2010

$369,571(2) $220,989
38,398
203,503
0.59
3.00
0.59
2.82

$
$

384,510
$724,744
392,810
4,863
$637,358

236,547
$651,347
351,455
10,094
$548,174

184,788
$544,462
278,602
5,620
$465,857

215,055
$496,621
267,416
6,188
$438,379

141,626
$267,610
142,965
7,119
$218,601

1) Refer to the consolidated financial statements and the Notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K
for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, for an expanded discussion of factors that materially affect the
comparability of the information reflected in the selected consolidated financial data presented above.

2) The increase in net sales was primarily due to a 72 percent increase in audio sales over fiscal year 2010,
attributable to higher sales of portable audio and surround codec products. Additionally, energy product
sales increased 56 percent with increases in seismic, power meter and power amplification products.

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Please read the following discussion in conjunction with our audited historical consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains statements that are forward-looking. These
statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risk, uncertainties and other
factors. Actual results could differ materially because of the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors”
of this Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon
the consolidated financial statements included in this report, which have been prepared in accordance with U. S.
generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make
estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts. We evaluate the estimates on an on-going basis. We
base these estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these
estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies involve significant judgments and estimates that are

used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

▪ We provide for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than
not. The Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets based on all the facts and
circumstances, including projections of future taxable income and expiration dates of carryover

Page 27 of 72

attributes. We have provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets
due to uncertainties regarding its realization.

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves assessing uncertainties with respect to the application of
complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal
Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than
actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge will result. See Note 17 — Income Taxes of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 for additional details.

▪ We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an

arrangement exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by
distributor basis, with respect to each of the four criteria above. For a majority of our distributor
arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and stock rotation. Revenue is deferred at the time of
shipment to our domestic distributors and certain international distributors due to the determination that
the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or determinable. Once the distributor has resold the
product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue for the final sales price
and record the related costs of sales. For certain of our smaller international distributors, we do not grant
price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights. For these distributors, revenue is
recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns, as the revenue
recognition criteria have been met upon shipment.

Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, net
within the deferred income caption. The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our
distributors for impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these
limited rights and such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own
inventory. Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been
immaterial to the Company.

▪

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out
basis. We write down inventories to net realizable value based on forecasted demand, product release
schedules, product life cycles, management judgment, and the age of inventory. Actual demand and
market conditions may be different from those projected by management, which could have a material
effect on our operating results and financial position. See Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

▪ We evaluate the recoverability of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets by testing for

impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and
the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying
amounts. An impairment loss is recognized in the event the carrying value of these assets exceeds the
fair value of the applicable assets. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful
lives and future cash flows. Actual useful lives and cash flows could be different from those estimated
by management, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See
Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangibles, net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in
Item 8.

▪

The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable. We maintain allowances for doubtful
accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability or failure of our customers to make required
payments. We regularly evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the age of the
receivable, our ongoing customer relations, as well as any disputes with the customer. If the financial
condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make
payments, additional allowances may be required, which could have a material effect on our operating
results and financial position. Additionally, we may maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses on receivables from customers with whom we are involved in litigation. See Note 5 —
Accounts Receivable, net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

Page 28 of 72

▪

The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded at the time of an
acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the total consideration paid for an acquisition and
the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company tests goodwill and other
intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes
indicators of impairment exist. Impairment evaluations involve management’s assessment of qualitative
factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill and other intangible assets are
impaired. If management concludes from its assessment of qualitative factors that it is more likely than
not that impairment exists, then a quantitative impairment test will be performed involving management
estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. Significant management judgment is required in the
forecasts of future operating results that are used in these evaluations. If our actual results, or the plans
and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the
recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges in a future period. There
were no impairments of goodwill in fiscal years 2014, 2013, or 2012. There were no material intangible
asset impairments in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

▪ Our available-for-sale investments, non-marketable securities and other investments are subject to a

periodic impairment review. Investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair value is
judged to be other-than-temporary. This determination requires significant judgment and actual results
may be materially different than our estimate. Marketable securities are evaluated for impairment if the
decline in fair value below cost basis is significant and/or has lasted for an extended period of time.
Non-marketable securities or other investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair
value is judged to be other-than-temporary. For investments accounted for using the cost method of
accounting, we evaluate information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements) in addition to
quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists.
Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults,
and subsequent rounds of financings at an amount below the cost basis of the investment. This list is not
all inclusive and we weigh all quantitative and qualitative factors in determining if an other-than-
temporary decline in value of an investment has occurred. When a decline in value is deemed to be
other-than-temporary, we recognize an impairment loss in the current period’s operating results to the
extent of the decline. Actual values could be different from those estimated by management, which
could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See Note 3 — Marketable
Securities of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

▪ We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies for various legal matters. See Note 14 — Legal
Matters of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8. We regularly evaluate
current information available to us to determine whether any accruals should be made based on the
status of the case, the results of the discovery process and other factors. If we ultimately determine that
an accrual should be made for a legal matter, this accrual could have a material effect on our operating
results and financial position and the ultimate outcome may be materially different than our estimate.

Overview

Cirrus Logic develops high-precision analog and mixed-signal ICs for a broad range of audio and energy

markets. We track operating results in one reportable segment, but report revenue performance by product line,
currently audio and energy. In fiscal year 2014, the Company repurchased approximately 2.6 million shares
under its authorized share repurchase program, leaving $62.3 million remaining for repurchases of the
Company’s common stock in the future. The Company continued to target fast-growing markets and develop
innovative products. We acquired Acoustic in the current year, and with it, the SoundClear® embedded firmware
voice processing technology. The Company reported a revenue decrease of 12 percent from the prior fiscal year
and an increase in the investment in research and development of $12.1 million, discussed below.

Fiscal Year 2014

Fiscal year 2014 was a year focused on developing innovative new products, strengthening existing
customer relationships and establishing new relationships with key players in the markets we serve. With the

Page 29 of 72

addition of the embedded SoundClear® technology and existing hardware, the Company is leveraging its
engineering expertise to develop custom and general market audio subsystems that intelligently solve system
design issues. Also in fiscal year 2014, we expanded our footprint in portable audio with the addition of several
new top tier smartphone customers.

Fiscal year 2014 net sales of $714.3 million represented a 12 percent decrease over fiscal year 2013 net sales

of $809.8 million. Audio product line sales of $667.7 million in fiscal year 2014 represented a 12 percent
decrease over fiscal year 2013 sales of $754.8 million, attributable to lower sales of portable audio products due
to reduced average selling prices (“ASPs”) to certain customers. Energy product line sales of $46.6 million in
fiscal year 2014 represented a 15 percent decrease from fiscal year 2013 sales of $55.0 million, which was
attributable, primarily to the absence of revenue related to the products associated with our Tucson office asset
sale, described in Note 8 — Asset Sale.

Overall, gross margin for fiscal year 2014 was 50 percent. The increase in gross margin for fiscal year 2014

was primarily due to the absence of the significant inventory write-down, including scrapped inventory,
experienced in the prior fiscal year, which had a 3.1% negative impact on fiscal year 2013 margin. The Company
achieved net income of $108.1 million in fiscal year 2014, which included an income tax provision in the amount
of $47.6 million. Additionally, the Company’s number of employees increased to 751 as of March 29, 2014.

Fiscal Year 2013

Fiscal year 2013 was a year focused on ramping new custom products and introducing general market
portable audio and energy products that we expected to drive revenue growth and customer diversification
longer-term. The Company targeted tier-one customers in growing markets who were able to differentiate their
products with our innovative technology, highlighted by the fact that our top ten end customer concentration had
increased to 89 percent of sales in fiscal year 2013, from 74 percent in fiscal year 2012.

Fiscal year 2013 net sales of $809.8 million represented a 90 percent increase over fiscal year 2012 net sales

of $426.8 million. Audio product line sales of $754.8 million in fiscal year 2013 represented a 115 percent
increase over fiscal year 2012 sales of $350.7 million, attributable to higher sales of portable audio products.
Energy product line sales of $55.0 million in fiscal year 2013 represented a 28 percent decrease from fiscal year
2012 sales of $76.1 million, which was attributable, primarily to the absence of revenue related to the products
associated with our Tucson office asset sale, described in Note 8 — Asset Sale, coupled with decreased sales
from our power meter components. Additionally, the restructuring discussed in Note 10 — Restructuring Costs
of the consolidated financial statements contributed to this decrease.

In fiscal year 2013, we experienced substantial growth in our revenue and operating profit, significantly

expanded our footprint in portable audio, and continued our investments in new LED lighting products.

Overall, gross margin for fiscal year 2013 was 49 percent. Decreases in gross margin for fiscal year 2013
were primarily due to inventory write-downs, including scrapped inventory, and unfavorable product mix. The
Company achieved net income of $136.6 million in fiscal year 2013, which included an income tax provision in
the amount of $64.6 million. Additionally, the Company’s number of employees decreased slightly to 652 in
fiscal year 2013, due to the restructuring discussed in Note 10, partially offset by an increase in new hires.

Fiscal Year 2012

Fiscal year 2012 net sales of $426.8 million represented a 15 percent increase over fiscal year 2011 net sales

of $369.6 million. Audio product line sales of $350.7 million in fiscal year 2012 represented a 32 percent
increase over fiscal year 2011 sales of $264.8 million and were primarily attributable to higher sales of portable
audio products. Energy product line sales of $76.1 million in fiscal year 2012 represented a 27 percent decrease
from fiscal year 2011 sales of $104.7 million, and were attributable to decreased sales across product lines,
primarily in the seismic product line.

In fiscal year 2012, we launched our first LED controller within our energy product line and continued our
strategy of targeting growing markets, to showcase our expertise in analog and digital signal processing to solve
challenging problems.

Page 30 of 72

Overall gross margin of 54 percent for fiscal year 2012 represented an approximate 14 percent increase in

gross profit over prior years. The Company achieved net income of $88.0 million in fiscal year 2012, which
included a benefit for income taxes in the amount of $8.0 million upon realizing net deferred tax assets.
Additionally, the Company’s number of employees grew to 667 in the 2012 fiscal year, due to the increased
hiring of engineering talent for additional projects.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for each of the past three fiscal years as a

percentage of net sales. All percentage amounts were calculated using the underlying data, in thousands:

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 29,
2014

March 31,
2012

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patent infringement settlements, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other, net

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100%
50%
18%
10%
0%
0%

22%

0%
0%

22%
7%

15%

100%
49%
14%
10%
0%
0%

25%

0%
0%

25%
8%

17%

100%
54%
20%
15%
0%
0%

19%

0%
0%

19%
-2%

21%

Net Sales

We report sales in two product categories: audio products and energy products. Our sales by product line are

as follows (in thousands):

March 29,
2014

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 31,
2012

Audio Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 667,739
46,599

$ 754,769
55,017

$ 350,743
76,100

$ 714,338

$ 809,786

$ 426,843

Net sales for fiscal year 2014 decreased 12 percent, to $714.3 million from $809.8 million in fiscal year
2013. The decrease in net sales reflects an $87.0 million decrease in audio product sales and an $8.4 million
decrease in energy product sales. The audio products group experienced a decline in sales from portable audio
products, primarily due to anticipated declines in ASPs. The decline in energy product group sales was
attributable primarily to the absence of revenue related to the products associated with our Tucson office asset
sale, described in Note 8 — Asset Sale.

Net sales for fiscal year 2013 increased 90 percent, to $809.8 million from $426.8 million in fiscal year
2012. The increase in net sales reflects a $404.0 million increase in audio product sales, partially offset by a
$21.1 million decrease in energy product sales. The substantial increase in audio revenue was largely driven by
sales in portable audio products, where we experienced increases in the ASPs and volumes associated with low
power audio codecs. In addition, we saw an increase in portable audio revenue as we began the shipment of a
new product, a low power audio amplifier. The decline in energy product group sales was attributable primarily

Page 31 of 72

to the absence of revenue related to the products associated with our Tucson office asset sale, described in
Note 8 — Asset Sale, coupled with decreased sales from our power meter components.

Export sales, principally to Asia, including sales to U.S.-based customers that manufacture products at
plants overseas, were approximately $673.7 million in fiscal year 2014, $764.9 million in fiscal year 2013, and
$376.6 million in fiscal year 2012. Export sales to customers located in Asia were 92 percent, 91 percent, and
79 percent, of net sales in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. All other export sales represented
3 percent of net sales in each of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, and 9 percent, of net sales in fiscal year 2012.

Our sales are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars. During fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, we did not

enter into any foreign currency hedging contracts.

Gross Margin

Overall gross margin of 50 percent for fiscal year 2014 reflects an increase from fiscal year 2013 gross
margin of 49 percent. The increase was primarily attributable to the absence of a significant inventory write-
down, which, as discussed below, occurred during the 2013 fiscal year in the amount of $25.5 million, partially
offset by changes in product mix. Fiscal year 2014 sales of product written down in prior periods contributed
$12.2 million to gross margin compared to less than $0.1 million, in fiscal year 2013. In total, excess and
obsolete inventory charges, including scrapped inventory, decreased by $33.6 million from fiscal year 2013 and
resulted in an increase of gross margin of 4.7 percent.

Overall gross margin of 49 percent for fiscal year 2013 reflects a decrease from fiscal year 2012 gross

margin of 54 percent, primarily due to inventory write-downs in the 2013 fiscal year and unfavorable product
mix. Fiscal year 2013 sales of product written down in prior periods contributed less than $0.1 million to gross
margin compared to approximately $1.8 million, or 0.4 percent, in fiscal year 2012. In total, excess and obsolete
inventory charges, including scrapped inventory, increased by $25.5 million from fiscal year 2012 and resulted in
a decrease of gross margin of 3.1 percent. The $25.5 million increase in excess and obsolete inventory charges
was primarily associated with a customer build forecast that exceeded actual market demand and resulted in
excess inventory levels for certain high volume products.

Research and Development Expenses

Fiscal year 2014 research and development expenses of $126.2 million reflect an increase of $12.1 million,
or 11 percent, from fiscal year 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to a 23 percent increase in research
and development headcount and associated salary-related expenses. Additionally, during fiscal year 2014, we
experienced higher headcount and associated facilities costs, driving increased depreciation and amortization
costs. CAD software costs also increased for the year.

Fiscal year 2013 research and development expenses of $114.1 million reflect an increase of $28.4 million,

or 33 percent, from fiscal year 2012. The variance was primarily due to a 13 percent increase in research and
development headcount and associated salary expenses as well as increased product development costs. Also, in
the 2013 fiscal year, depreciation increased as well as expenses related to investments in more CAD software.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Fiscal year 2014 selling, general and administrative expenses of $74.9 million reflect a decrease of

$2.1 million, or 3 percent, compared to fiscal year 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in
variable compensation, sales commissions and travel expenses for the period, despite an increase in headcount of
7 percent.

Fiscal year 2013 selling, general and administrative expenses of $77.0 million reflect an increase of

$11.8 million, or 18 percent, compared to fiscal year 2012. The $11.8 million increase was primarily attributable
to an increase in employee-related expenses, including bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as
increased external professional services, despite a decrease in headcount of 14 percent.

Page 32 of 72

Patent Infringement Settlements, Net

The Company reported a $0.7 million expense in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014 in connection with the

settlement of the U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC case discussed in Note 14 — Legal Matters. This item is
presented as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income within operating
expenses under the caption “Patent infringement settlements, net.”

Interest Income, Net

Interest income, net in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, was $0.8 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million,
respectively. The increase in interest income, net in fiscal year 2014 was due to higher cash and cash equivalent
balances, compared to fiscal year 2013. The decrease in fiscal year 2013 was attributable to lower yield on
invested capital.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $47.6 million in fiscal year 2014 on a pre-tax income of $155.7 million,

yielding an effective tax provision rate of 30.6 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory
rate of 35 percent, primarily due to the effect of a tax benefit of $6.3 million provided by the Extraterritorial
Income Exclusion Act, an elective provision of the Internal Revenue Code. Another factor causing our tax
expense to be below the federal statutory rate was the federal research and development credit which was in
effect through December 31, 2013 as a result of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2013, which was enacted
on January 2, 2013.

We recorded income tax expense of $64.6 million in fiscal year 2013 on a pre-tax income of $201.2 million,

yielding an effective tax provision rate of 32.1 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory
rate of 35 percent, primarily as a result of federal research and development credits that were recorded during the
year due to the retroactive extension of the credit by the enactment of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012
on January 2, 2013. Our effective tax rate was also lowered slightly by the release of $2.6 million of valuation
allowance that had been placed on our federal capital loss carryforward from the capital gain income generated
by the sale of assets associated with the Company’s Apex products.

We recorded an income tax benefit of $8.0 million in fiscal year 2012 on a pre-tax income of $80.0 million,
yielding an effective tax benefit rate of 10 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of
35 percent, primarily as a result of the release of a portion of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax
assets that have not yet been utilized.

We evaluate our ability to realize our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The deferred tax assets that we

have recognized result from a more likely than not assessment that these assets will be realized.

Outlook

Our long-term gross margin expectation is to remain in the mid-40 percent range with operating profit of
approximately 20-percent. We anticipate revenues for fiscal year 2015 to be relatively flat compared to fiscal
year 2014, due to changes in our portable audio pricing structure.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In fiscal year 2014, our net cash provided by operating activities was $228.0 million. The positive cash flow

from operating activities was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, and a $48.1 million
increase in working capital, primarily due to decreases in inventory for the period. In fiscal year 2013, our net
cash provided by operating activities was $160.8 million. The positive cash flow from operating activities was
predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, partially offset by a $76.1 million reduction in
working capital, primarily due to an increase in inventory and accounts receivable as our business grew. In fiscal
year 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities was $83.2 million. The positive cash flow from operating
activities was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, partially offset by a $16.8 million
reduction in working capital.

Page 33 of 72

In fiscal year 2014, we used approximately $220.3 million in cash for investing activities, principally due to

the net purchases of marketable securities of $182.5 million, $15.1 million in capital expenditures and
$20.4 million related to the Acoustic acquisition. In fiscal year 2013, we used approximately $84.8 million in
cash for investing activities, principally due to the net purchases of marketable securities of $51.5 million and
$52.9 million in capital expenditures, partially offset by $22.2 million in proceeds from the sale of assets
associated with the Company’s Apex business in Tucson, Arizona. In fiscal year 2012, we generated
approximately $18.4 million in cash from investing activities, principally due to the net proceeds from the sale of
marketable securities, partially offset by $42 million in capital expenditures and investments in technology.

During fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, we generated $5.3 million, $12.0 million, and $4.1 million,
respectively, in cash from financing activities related to the receipt of cash from common stock issuances as a
result of the exercises of employee stock options, net the cash paid by the Company for withholding taxes
associated with the vesting of employee restricted stock units. In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company
utilized approximately $52.1 million and $86.1 million, respectively, in cash to repurchase and retire portions of
its outstanding common stock as part of the $200 million stock repurchase program announced in the third
quarter of fiscal year 2013. In fiscal year 2012, the Company utilized approximately $76.8 million in cash to
repurchase and retire portions of its outstanding common stock as part of the $80 million stock repurchase
program that began in fiscal year 2011. Additionally, excess tax benefits related to employee stock options
exercises generated $8.4 million and $0.1 million, in fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.

On April 19, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Expired Credit Agreement”)

providing for a $100 million unsecured revolving credit facility with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit. This
credit facility expired on April 19, 2013, and the Company chose not to renew the Expired Credit Agreement.
The Company did not draw against the revolving line of credit. On April 29, 2014, the Company entered into a
$225 million senior secured revolving line of credit facility to fund the Offer Consideration payable in the
Acquisition. The Acquisition is expected to close in the second half of calendar year 2014. See “Revolving Credit
Facilities” below for additional details regarding both facilities.

The Company began expansion of operations in fiscal year 2014 with the acquisition and building of

additional facilities in Austin. We anticipate future costs related to the current expansion to range from $18
million to $20 million over the next year. We anticipate these cash uses to be funded from current cash sources.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate of sales growth, market
acceptance of our products, the timing and extent of research and development projects, potential acquisitions of
companies or technologies and the expansion of our sales and marketing activities. We believe our expected
future cash earnings, existing cash, cash equivalents, investments and credit under our Credit Facility are
sufficient to meet our capital requirements through at least the next 12 months, although we could be required, or
could elect, to seek additional funding prior to that time.

Revolving Credit Facilities

On April 29, 2014, we entered into the Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as

administrative agent and lender. The Credit Agreement provides for a $225 million senior secured revolving
credit facility. The Credit Facility may be used for, among other things, payment of the Offer Consideration in
connection with the Acquisition.

The Credit Facility matures on the earliest to occur of (a) January 23, 2015, (b) the date of termination of the

Commitments as a result of a permanent reduction of all of the Commitments (as defined therein) by Cirrus
Logic or (c) the date of termination of the Commitments as a result of an event of default (such date, the
“Maturity Date”). We must repay the outstanding principal amount of all borrowings, together with all accrued
but unpaid interest thereon, on the Maturity Date. The Credit Facility is required to be guaranteed by all of Cirrus
Logic’s material domestic subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). The Credit Facility is secured by
substantially all of the assets of Cirrus Logic and any Subsidiary Guarantors, except for certain excluded assets.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility may, at our election, bear interest at either (a) a base rate plus the

Page 34 of 72

annum for LIBOR Rate Loans based on Cirrus Logic’s Leverage Ratio (as defined below). A commitment fee
accrues at a rate per annum ranging from 0.30% to 0.40% (based on the Leverage Ratio) on the average daily
unused portion of the commitments of the lenders.

We are entitled to borrow only in U.S. dollars under the Credit Facility. The Offer Consideration in

connection with the Acquisition is payable in Great Britain pounds sterling; therefore, we entered into a separate
nine-month foreign currency hedging contract with Wells Fargo, which is expected to mitigate the risk of
fluctuations in the dollar/pounds sterling exchange rates in relation to the payment of the Offer Consideration in
connection with the Acquisition.

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, including, among others, covenants

regarding the payment of taxes and other obligations, maintenance of insurance, reporting requirements and
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Further, the Credit Agreement contains customary negative
covenants limiting the ability of Cirrus Logic or any Subsidiary to, among other things, incur debt, grant liens,
make investments, effect certain fundamental changes, make certain asset dispositions, and make certain
restricted payments. The Credit Facility also contains certain financial covenants providing that (a) the ratio of
consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA for the prior four consecutive quarters must not be
greater than 1.75 to 1.00 (the “Leverage Ratio”) and (b) the sum of cash and cash equivalents of Cirrus Logic and
its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis must not be less than $75 million.

The Credit Facility provides for a “Certain Funds Period” during which limited borrowing conditions apply
and only breaches of certain major representations and major defaults or illegality may prevent funding the Offer
Consideration in order to comply with the certain funds requirements of the United Kingdom City Code on
Takeover and Mergers. Following the Certain Funds Period, the Credit Facility provides for a clean-up period to
permit us to cure certain technical breaches.

The Company also maintained the Expired Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as administrative agent and issuing lender, Barclays Bank, as syndication agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and
Barclays Capital, as joint lead arrangers and co-book managers, and the lenders referred to therein (collectively,
the “Lenders”). The aggregate borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility was $100 million
with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit and was intended to provide the Company with short-term borrowings
for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The Expired Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative covenants, including, among others,

covenants regarding the payment of taxes and other obligations, maintenance of insurance, reporting
requirements and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Further, the Expired Credit Agreement
contained customary negative covenants limiting the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors to,
among other things, incur debt, grant liens, make investments, effect certain fundamental changes, make certain
asset dispositions, make certain restricted payments, enter into certain transactions with affiliates and permit
aggregate capital expenditures to exceed $90.0 million on a rolling four-quarter basis. The facility also contained
certain negative financial covenants providing that (a) the ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to
consolidated EBITDA for the prior four consecutive quarters must not be greater than 1.75 to 1.00 and (b) the
ratio of consolidated EBITDA for the prior four consecutive quarters to consolidated interest expense for the
prior four consecutive quarters must not be less than 3.50 to 1.00. The Company was in compliance with these
covenants and there were no borrowings under the facility through April 19, 2013. The credit facility expired on
April 19, 2013 and was not renewed.

See also Note 9 — Revolving Line of Credit.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 29, 2014, the Company did not have any material off-balance-sheet arrangements, as defined in

Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Page 35 of 72

Contractual Obligations

In our business activities, we incur certain commitments to make future payments under contracts such as
purchase orders, operating leases and other long-term contracts. Maturities under these contracts are set forth in
the following table as of March 29, 2014:

Facilities leases, net . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wafer purchase commitments . . . .
Assembly purchase

commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outside test purchase

commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other purchase commitments . . . .

< 1 year

3,054
11
36,717

2,053

5,321
—

Payment due by period (in thousands)
> 5 years
3 – 5 years
1 – 3 years

Total

5,115
13
—

1,196
9
—

$ — $
—
—

9,365
33
36,717

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

2,053

5,321
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 47,156

5,128

1,205

$ — $

53,489

Certain of our operating lease obligations include escalation clauses. These escalating payment requirements

are reflected in the table.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks associated with interest rates on our debt securities, currency movements on
non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, and the effect of market factors on the value of our marketable
equity securities. We assess these risks on a regular basis and have established policies that are designed to
protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures. All of the potential changes noted
below are based on sensitivity analyses as of March 29, 2014. Actual results may differ materially.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary financial instruments include cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable,
accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. The Company’s investments are managed by outside professional
managers within investment guidelines set by the Company. These guidelines include security type, credit
quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high
quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities. The Company does not use derivative financial
instruments in its investment portfolio. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio and the current
low interest rate environment, our downside exposure to interest rate risk is minimal.

To provide a meaningful assessment of the interest rate risk associated with our investment portfolio, we
performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact a change in interest rates would have on the value of our
investment portfolio. At March 29, 2014, an immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease in
interest rates could result in a $3.4 million fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment
portfolio holdings as of March 29, 2014, yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest
rate risk to the amount of interest income recognized in fiscal year 2014, or $0.8 million. At March 30, 2013, an
immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $1.8 million
fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 30, 2013,
yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest rate risk to the amount of interest income
recognized in fiscal year 2013, or $0.4 million. At March 31, 2012, an immediate one percent, or 100 basis
points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $0.6 million fluctuation in our annual interest
income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 31, 2012, yielded less than 100 basis points,
which reduces our downside interest rate risk to the amount of interest income recognized in fiscal year 2012, or
$0.5 million. For all of these fiscal years, the risks associated with fluctuating interest rates were limited to our
annual interest income and not the underlying principal as we generally have the ability to hold debt related

Page 36 of 72

investments to maturity. The amounts disclosed in this paragraph are based on a 100 basis point fluctuation in
interest rates applied to the average cash balance for that fiscal year.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our revenue and spending is transacted primarily in U.S. dollars; however, in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and

2012, we entered into routine transactions in other currencies to fund the operating needs of our technical
support, and sales offices outside of the U.S. As of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, a ten percent change in
the value of the related currencies would not have a material impact on our results of operations and financial
position. During fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, we did not enter into any foreign currency hedging contracts.
See Note 20 — Subsequent Event for further detail regarding the Wolfson acquisition.

In addition to the direct effects of changes in exchange rates on the value of open exchange contracts, we
may, from time to time, have changes in exchange rates that can also affect the volume of sales or the foreign
currency sales prices of our products and the relative costs of operations based overseas.

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended March 29, 2014, March 30,

38
40

2013, and March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 29, 2014, March 30, 2013, and

March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 29, 2014, March 30,

2013, and March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43
44

Page 37 of 72

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the Company) as of
March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income,
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 29, 2014. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Cirrus Logic, Inc. at March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 29, 2014, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States), Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 29, 2014, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated May 28, 2014 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

Austin, Texas
May 28, 2014

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Page 38 of 72

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of March 29,
2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Cirrus Logic,
Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Cirrus Logic, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of March 29, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus Logic, Inc. as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013,
and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each
of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 29, 2014 of Cirrus Logic, Inc. and our report dated May 28,
2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Austin, Texas
May 28, 2014

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Page 39 of 72

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

Current assets:

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill and intangibles, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31,850
263,417
63,220
69,743
22,024
25,079

475,333
89,243
103,650
28,366
25,065
3,087

66,402
105,235
69,289
119,300
64,937
19,371

444,534
64,910
100,623
10,677
16,671
13,932

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 724,744

$ 651,347

Current liabilities:

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued salaries and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software license agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, 5.0 million shares authorized but unissued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 280,000 shares authorized, 61,956 shares and
63,291 shares issued and outstanding at March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51,932
13,388
5,631
7,023
4,549

82,523
4,863

60,827
16,592
4,956
6,424
4,280

93,079
10,094

—

62
1,078,816
(440,634)
(886)

63
1,041,771
(492,741)
(919)

Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

637,358

548,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 724,744

$ 651,347

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 40 of 72

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 29,
2014

March 31,
2012

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$714,338
358,175

$809,786
414,595

$426,843
196,402

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

356,163

395,191

230,441

Operating expenses

Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patent infringement settlements, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

126,189
74,861
695
(598)

114,071
76,998
—
3,292

85,697
65,208
—
—

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

201,147

194,361

150,905

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other expense, net

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

155,016
848
(127)

155,737
47,626

200,830
440
(80)

201,190
64,592

79,536
517
(70)

79,983
(8,000)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

108,111

136,598

87,983

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of tax . . . . . . . .

(157)

(8)

Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$108,144

$136,441

$ 87,975

Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

1.72
1.65
62,926
65,535

$
$

2.12
2.00
64,580
68,454

$
$

1.35
1.29
64,934
68,063

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 41 of 72

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

March 29,
2014

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 31,
2012

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 108,111 $ 136,598 $ 87,983
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating

activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on retirement or write-off of long-lived assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options . . . .
Other non-cash charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued salaries and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,883
23,074
35,959
568
(8,445)
5,760

6,815
49,557
1,239
(9,443)
(3,169)
660
9,496
(7,027)

13,562
21,495
60,600
—
(106)
4,792

(25,232)
(67,606)
134
22,423
3,260
(2,272)
263
(7,087)

9,972
12,178
(10,154)
23
—
—

(5,055)
(15,418)
(9,783)
10,469
1,232
384
(130)
1,494

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

228,038

160,824

83,195

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from sale of available for sale marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of available for sale marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of property, equipment and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of Acoustic Technologies, net of cash obtained . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of Apex assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investments in technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Decrease in restricted investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Increase) decrease in deposits and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139,037
(321,519)
(15,058)
(20,402)
—
(2,296)
—
(111)

127,336
(178,847)
(52,902)
—
22,220
(3,009)
—
402

181,282
(127,852)
(35,948)
—
—
(6,604)
5,786
1,773

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(220,349)

(84,800)

18,437

Cash flows from financing activities:

Issuance of common stock, net of shares withheld for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase and retirement of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase of stock to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations . . . . .
Excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options . . . . . .

5,320
(52,138)
(3,868)
8,445

12,008
(86,059)
(1,674)
106

4,108
(76,782)
—
—

Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(42,241)

(75,619)

(72,674)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(34,552)
66,402

405
65,997

28,958
37,039

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 31,850 $ 66,402 $ 65,997

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash payments during the year for:

Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,118 $

5,125 $

2,268

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 42 of 72

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

Common Stock

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on

marketable securities, net of tax . . . .

68,664
—

—

69
—

—

991,878
—

(552,814)
87,983

—

Issuance of stock under stock option
plans and other, net of shares
withheld for employee taxes . . . . . . .

Repurchase and retirement of common

642

—

4,108

stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4,912)

(5)

— (76,778)

—

Amortization of deferred stock

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on

marketable securities, net of tax . . . .

64,394
—

—

64
—

—

12,178

—

1,008,164

(541,609)
— 136,598

(762)
—

—

(157)

Issuance of stock under stock option
plans and other, net of shares
withheld for employee taxes . . . . . . .

Repurchase and retirement of common

1,907

12,006

(1,674)

stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3,010)

(3)

— (86,056)

Amortization of deferred stock

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from employee stock
options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Balance, March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on

marketable securities, net of tax . . . .

63,291
—

—

63
—

—

21,495

106

—

1,041,771

(492,741)
— 108,111

(919)
—

—

Issuance of stock under stock option
plans and other, net of shares
withheld for employee taxes . . . . . . .

Repurchase and retirement of common

1,301

5,319

(3,868)

stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,636)

(2)

— (52,136)

Amortization of deferred stock

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from employee stock
options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Balance, March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . .

61,956

—

23,281

8,445

—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 43 of 72

1,078,816

(440,634)

(886)

637,358

(754)
—

(8)

—

Total

438,379
87,983

(8)

4,108

(76,783)

12,178

465,857
136,598

10,334

(86,059)

21,495

106

548,174
108,111

1,452

(52,138)

23,281

8,445

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business

Description of Business

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-precision, analog

and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of consumer and industrial markets. Building on
our diverse analog mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly optimized products for consumer
and professional audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial applications including energy control,
energy management, light emitting diode (“LED”) and energy exploration.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989, and were reincorporated in

the State of Delaware in February 1999. Our primary facility housing engineering, sales and marketing, and
administration functions is located in Austin, Texas. In addition, we have sales locations internationally and
throughout the United States. Specifically, we serve customers from international sales offices in Europe and
Asia, including the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan, and the
United Kingdom. Our common stock, which has been publicly traded since 1989, is listed on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

Basis of Presentation

We prepare financial statements on a 52- or 53-week year that ends on the last Saturday in March. Fiscal

years 2014 and 2013 were 52-week years, whereas fiscal year 2012 was a 53-week year.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U. S. generally

accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year’s

presentation of financial information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the use of management
estimates. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at fiscal year-end and the reported amounts
of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S.
Government Treasury and Agency instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of
purchase.

Marketable Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate
this designation as of each balance sheet date. We classify these securities as either held-to-maturity, trading, or
available-for-sale. As of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, all marketable securities were classified as

Page 44 of 72

available-for-sale securities. The Company classifies its investments as “available for sale” because it expects to
possibly sell some securities prior to maturity. The Company’s investments are subject to market risk, primarily
interest rate and credit risk. The Company’s investments are managed by an outside professional manager within
investment guidelines set by the Company. Such guidelines include security type, credit quality, and maturity,
and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high quality debt instruments
with relatively short-term maturities. The fair value of investments is determined using observable or quoted
market prices for those securities.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses, declines in value judged to be
other than temporary, and interest on available-for-sale securities are included in net income. The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Inventories

We use the lower of cost or market method to value our inventories, with cost being determined on a first-

in, first-out basis. One of the factors we consistently evaluate in the application of this method is the extent to
which products are accepted into the marketplace. By policy, we evaluate market acceptance based on known
business factors and conditions by comparing forecasted customer unit demand for our products over a specific
future period, or demand horizon, to quantities on hand at the end of each accounting period.

On a quarterly and annual basis, we analyze inventories on a part-by-part basis. Product life cycles and the
competitive nature of the industry are factors considered in the evaluation of customer unit demand at the end of
each quarterly accounting period. Inventory quantities on-hand in excess of forecasted demand is considered to
have reduced market value and, therefore, the cost basis is adjusted to the lower of cost or market. Typically,
market values for excess or obsolete inventories are considered to be zero. During fiscal year 2013, the Company
recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $25.5 million, primarily associated with a customer build
forecast that exceeded actual market demand and resulted in excess inventory levels for certain high volume
products. No significant inventory charges were recorded in fiscal year 2014 for excess and obsolete inventory.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

Work in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$37,967
31,776

$ 34,169
85,131

$69,743

$119,300

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, net of depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and

amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from three to 39 years.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life.
Furniture, fixtures, machinery, and equipment are all depreciated over a useful life of three to 10 years, while
buildings are depreciated over a period of up to 39 years. In general, our capitalized software is amortized over a
useful life of three years, with capitalized enterprise resource planning software being amortized over a useful
life of 10 years. Gains or losses related to retirements or dispositions of fixed assets are recognized in the period
incurred.

Page 45 of 72

Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following (in thousands):

Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

$ 23,806
37,899
9,440
2,387
59,552
24,437
3,797

$ 23,778
38,257
9,677
1,091
51,080
24,671
2,528

Total property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

161,318
(57,668)

151,082
(50,459)

Property, plant and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$103,650

$100,623

Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant, and equipment for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and

2012, was $12.1 million, $10.2 million, and $6.3 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangibles, net

Intangible assets include purchased technology licenses and patents that are reported at cost and are

amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, generally ranging from one to ten years. Acquired
intangibles include existing technology, core technology or patents, license agreements, trademarks, tradenames,
and customer relationships. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from four to
fifteen years.

Goodwill is recorded at the time of an acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the aggregate

consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.
Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual
impairment tests. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct, or if
business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required.
The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as:
(i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks,
including the valuation of our common stock, (iii) a significant slowdown in the worldwide economy and the
semiconductor industry, or (iv) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of
future operating results. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment on an
annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. Impairment evaluations
involve management’s assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that
goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired. If management concludes from its assessment of qualitative
factors that it is more likely than not that impairment exists, then a quantitative impairment test will be performed
involving management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. Significant management judgment is
required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in these evaluations. If our actual results, or the
plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the
recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges in a future period. There were no
impairments of goodwill in fiscal years 2014, 2013 or 2012. There were no material intangible asset impairments
in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Long-Lived Assets

We test for impairment losses on long-lived assets and definite-lived intangibles used in operations when
indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets
are less than the assets’ carrying amounts. We measure any impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the
asset to its carrying amount. We estimate fair value based on discounted future cash flows, quoted market prices,
or independent appraisals.

Page 46 of 72

Foreign Currency Translation

All of our international subsidiaries have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. The local currency

financial statements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using current rates of exchange for assets and liabilities.
Gains and losses from remeasurement are included in other income (expense), net. Revenue and expenses from
our international subsidiaries are remeasured using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in
which the items occur. For all periods presented, our foreign currency remeasurement expense was not
significant.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to material concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of

cash equivalents, marketable securities, long-term marketable securities, and trade accounts receivable. We are
exposed to credit risk to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet. By policy, our cash equivalents,
marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities are subject to certain nationally recognized credit
standards, issuer concentrations, sovereign risk, and marketability or liquidity considerations.

In evaluating our trade receivables, we perform credit evaluations of our major customers’ financial

condition and monitor closely all of our receivables to limit our financial exposure by limiting the length of time
and amount of credit extended. In certain situations, we may require payment in advance or utilize letters of
credit to reduce credit risk. By policy, we establish a reserve for trade accounts receivable based on the type of
business in which a customer is engaged, the length of time a trade account receivable is outstanding, and other
knowledge that we may possess relating to the probability that a trade receivable is at risk for non-payment.

We had three contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial, Hongfujin Precision and Protek, who represented

14 percent, 44 percent, and 12 percent, respectively, for fiscal year 2014 and 21 percent, 36 percent, and
16 percent, respectively for fiscal year 2013, of our consolidated gross accounts receivable. Additionally, in
fiscal year 2014, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc. who represented 11 percent of our consolidated gross
accounts receivable. No other distributor or customer had receivable balances that represented more than
10 percent of consolidated gross trade accounts receivable as of the end of fiscal year 2014 or 2013.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources,

we consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design. These end
customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from a distributor, or through a third party
manufacturer contracted to produce their end product. For fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, our ten largest end
customers represented approximately 88 percent, 89 percent, and 74 percent, of our sales, respectively. For fiscal
years 2014, 2013, and 2012, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract
manufacturers and represented approximately 80 percent, 82 percent, and 62 percent, of the Company’s total
sales, respectively. Further, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc., that represented 15 percent of our sales for fiscal
year 2012. No other customer or distributor represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2014,
2013, or 2012.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement

exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably
assured. We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with respect to each of
the four criteria above. For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and
stock rotation. As a result, revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to our domestic distributors and certain
international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or
determinable. Once the distributor has resold the product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we
recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the related costs of sales. For certain of our smaller
international distributors, we do not grant price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights. For
these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns,
as the revenue recognition criteria have been met upon shipment.

Page 47 of 72

Further, for sales where revenue is deferred, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our

Consolidated Balance Sheet, net within the deferred income caption. The Company routinely evaluates the
products held by our distributors for impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor
within these limited rights and such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own
inventory. Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the
Company.

Warranty Expense

We warrant our products and maintain a provision for warranty repair or replacement of shipped products.
The accrual represents management’s estimate of probable returns. Our estimate is based on an analysis of our
overall sales volume and historical claims experience. The estimate is re-evaluated periodically for accuracy.

Shipping Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales for all periods presented in the Consolidated

Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $1.4 million, $1.5 million, and

$1.8 million, in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and
is recognized as an expense, on a ratable basis, over the vesting period, which is generally between zero and four
years. Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires the Company to develop
estimates used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options. The Company calculates the grant-date
fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The use of valuation models requires the
Company to make estimates of assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate,
expected dividend yield, and forfeiture rates. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units is the market
value at grant date multiplied by the number of units.

Income Taxes

We provide for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. The
Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets based on all the facts and circumstances, including
projections of future taxable income and expiration dates of carryover attributes on a quarterly basis. We have
provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding
its realization. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves assessing uncertainties with respect to the
application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the
Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based
on the two-step process. The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that
the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than
not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes.
The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an
income tax return as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate
settlement. We reevaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to,
changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, expirations of statutes of limitation, effectively settled
issues under audit, and new audit activity. If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an
additional tax benefit or charge will result.

Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, we cannot
assure that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income
tax provisions and accruals. If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, it could have a
material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination

Page 48 of 72

is made. We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These
audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in
additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all
periods.

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is based on the weighted effect of common shares issued and outstanding and is

calculated by dividing net income by the basic weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares
used in the basic net income per share calculation, plus the equivalent number of common shares that would be
issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding. These potentially
dilutive items consist primarily of outstanding stock options and restricted stock grants.

The following table details the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2014,

2013, and 2012 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

2014

2013

2012

Numerator:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$108,111

$136,598

$87,983

Denominator:

Weighted average shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of dilutive securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average diluted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62,926
2,609

65,535

64,580
3,874

68,454

64,934
3,129

68,063

Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

1.72
1.65

$
$

2.12
2.00

$
$

1.35
1.29

The weighted outstanding options excluded from our diluted calculation for the years ended March 29,
2014, March 30, 2013, and March 31, 2012, were 833 thousand, 453 thousand, and 1,052 thousand, respectively,
as the exercise price exceeded the average market price during the period.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments from
prior years when we had subsidiaries whose functional currency was not the U.S. Dollar, as well as unrealized
gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale. See Note 16 – Accumulated Other
Comprehensive loss for additional discussion.

3. Marketable Securities

The Company’s investments that have original maturities greater than 90 days have been classified as

available-for-sale securities in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Marketable securities are categorized on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet as marketable securities, as appropriate.

The following table is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands):

As of March 29, 2014

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Estimated Fair Value
(Net Carrying Amount)

Corporate debt securities . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . .
Certificates of deposit . . . . . .

$246,878
56,986
2,008
41,962
5,006

Total securities . . . . . . . . .

$352,840

$52
10
1
10
—

$73

$(245)
(2)
—
(2)
(4)

$(253)

$246,685
56,994
2,009
41,970
5,002

$352,660

Page 49 of 72

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $253 thousand relates to 74 different
securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $207.8 million at March 29, 2014. Because the Company
does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments
before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at March 29, 2014. Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a
continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 29, 2014.

As of March 30, 2013

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Estimated Fair Value
(Net Carrying Amount)

Corporate debt securities . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . .

$ 94,798
34,380
1,027
40,089

Total securities . . . . . . . . .

$170,294

$ 2
4
—
9

$15

$(133)
(3)
—
(28)

$(164)

$ 94,667
34,381
1,027
40,070

$170,145

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $164 thousand relates to 43 different
securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $124.1 million at March 30, 2013. Because the Company
does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments
before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at March 30, 2013. Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a
continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 30, 2013.

The cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments by contractual maturity were as follows:

March 29, 2014

March 30, 2013

Amortized
Cost

Estimated
Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Estimated
Fair Value

Within 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
After 1 year

$263,418
89,422

$263,417
89,243

$105,290
65,004

$105,235
64,910

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$352,840

$352,660

$170,294

$170,145

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has determined that the only assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial statements that
are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are the Company’s investment portfolio assets. The
Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company applies the following
fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the
categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value
measurement. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3
measurements).

▪

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted
prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets
or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant
to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company’s investment portfolio assets consist of corporate debt securities, money market funds, U.S.
Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, commercial paper, and certificates of

Page 50 of 72

deposit and are reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet under the headings cash and cash equivalents,
marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities. The Company determines the fair value of its
investment portfolio assets by obtaining non-binding market prices from its third-party portfolio managers on the
last day of the quarter, whose sources may use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1
inputs) or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2 inputs) in
determining fair value.

As of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the Company classified all investment portfolio assets as

Level 1 or Level 2 assets. The Company has no Level 3 assets. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2,
or Level 3 measurements for the years ending March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013.

The fair value of our financial assets at March 29, 2014, was determined using the following inputs (in

thousands):

Cash equivalents

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
Level 1

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3

Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper

$20,456
—

—
1,878

Available-for-sale securities

Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certificates of deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,456

1,878

$ — $246,685
—
56,994
2,009
—
41,970
—
5,002
—

$56,994

$295,666

$—
—

$—

$—
—
—
—
—

$—

Total

$ 20,456
1,878

$ 22,334

$246,685
56,994
2,009
41,970
5,002

$352,660

The fair value of our financial assets at March 30, 2013, was determined using the following inputs (in

thousands):

Cash equivalents

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
Level 1

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3

Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper

$54,762
—

—
1,500

Available-for-sale securities

Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper

$54,762

1,500

$ — $ 94,667
34,381
—
1,027
—
40,070
—

$34,381

$135,764

$—
—

$—

$—
—
—
—

$—

Total

$ 54,762
1,500

$ 56,262

$ 94,667
34,381
1,027
40,070

$170,145

Page 51 of 72

5. Accounts Receivable, net

The following are the components of accounts receivable, net (in thousands):

Gross accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$63,449
(229)

$69,590
(301)

Accounts receivable, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$63,220

$69,289

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(421)
50

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(371)
70

(301)
72

Balance, March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(229)

6. Goodwill and Intangibles, net

The goodwill balance included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the caption “Goodwill and

intangibles, net” is $16.4 million and $6.0 million at March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, respectively. The
increase in the goodwill and intangibles balances resulted from the acquisition discussed below in Note 7 —
Acquisition.

The following information details the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of our intangible

assets (in thousands):

March 29, 2014

March 30, 2013

Intangible Category (Weighted-Average
Amortization period (years))

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Core technology (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,390
440
License agreement (a)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,826
Existing technology (10.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,600
Trademarks and tradename (b) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships (10.0) . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,400
18,000
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology licenses (3.2)

$ (1,390)
(440)
(4,206)
(384)
(120)
(15,117)

$ 1,390
440
5,566
320
—
16,303

$ (1,390)
(440)
(3,802)
(320)
—
(13,417)

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $33,656

$(21,657)

$24,019

$(19,369)

Intangible assets are fully amortized.

(a)
(b) Trademark assets are fully amortized. The tradename is being amortized over a period of ten years.

Page 52 of 72

Amortization expense for intangibles in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $2.8 million, $3.4 million,
and $3.7 million, respectively. The following table details the estimated aggregate amortization expense for all
intangibles owned as of March 29, 2014, for each of the five succeeding fiscal years (in thousands):

For the year ended March 28, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 26, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 25, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 31, 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 30, 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,443
$2,295
$1,101
$ 794
$ 794

7. Acquisition

On October 1, 2013, the Company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding equity of Acoustic Technologies,
Inc. (“Acoustic”), a privately held company. The Mesa, Ariz.,-based firm is a leader in embedded firmware voice
processing technology, including noise reduction, echo cancelation and voice enhancement. This strategic
acquisition enhances the Company’s technology and software expertise in our portable audio applications.

The Company acquired Acoustic for approximately $20.4 million, net of cash obtained, and recorded the

purchase using the acquisition method of accounting. This method allows for the recognition of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income presented include Acoustic’s results of operations beginning on the date of the
acquisition. Pro forma information related to this acquisition has not been presented because it would not be
materially different from amounts reported.

Goodwill was recorded in relation to the acquisition, as the purchase price was in excess of the fair value of
the net assets acquired. None of the goodwill is tax-deductible. The final purchase price was allocated as follows
(in thousands):

Goodwill and Net Assets Acquired

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax asset — long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

120
775
2
175
7,940
10,340
1,440
36
(276)

Total purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,552

The acquired intangible assets and related weighted average amortization periods are detailed below (in

thousands):

Intangible assets

Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tradename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average
Amortization
Period (years)

10
10
10

Amount

$4,260
1,280
2,400

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$7,940

Page 53 of 72

8. Asset Sale

The Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets associated with Apex Precision Power

(“Apex”) products in Tucson, Arizona for $26.1 million. On August 17, 2012, the Company closed the
transaction under this agreement. After closing the transaction, the Company maintained a high voltage / high
power IC design team in Tucson. See Note 10 — Restructuring Costs for information regarding the subsequent
closure and relocation of the Tucson design center. The Company received $22.2 million in cash and has
recorded a long-term note receivable for $3.9 million to be paid in its entirety by August 17, 2014. The gain
recorded on the sale was $0.2 million and is included on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
under the caption, “Restructuring and other, net.”

9. Revolving Line of Credit

The Company maintained a revolving credit agreement (the “Expired Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo

Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and issuing lender, Barclays Bank, as syndication agent,
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as joint lead arrangers and co-book managers until early fiscal
year 2014. The aggregate borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility was $100 million with a
$15 million letter of credit sublimit and was intended to provide the Company with short-term borrowings for
working capital and other general corporate purposes. The interest rate payable was, at the Company’s election,
(i) a base rate plus the applicable margin, where the base rate is determined by reference to the highest of 1) the
prime rate publicly announced by the administrative agent, 2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and 3) LIBOR for
a one month period plus the difference between the applicable margin for LIBOR rate loans and the applicable
margin for base rate loans, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin that varies according to the leverage
ratio of the Company. Certain representations and warranties were required under the Expired Credit Agreement,
and the Company must have been in compliance with specified financial covenants, including (i) the requirement
that the Company maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not greater
than 1.75 to 1.0, computed in accordance with the terms of the Expired Credit Agreement, and (ii) a minimum
ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 3.50 to 1.0. The Company was in
compliance with these covenants during the period. The Company had no outstanding amounts under the facility
as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, and there were no borrowings under the facility prior to its expiration
on April 19, 2013. See Note 20 – Subsequent Event for details on new revolving line of credit.

10. Restructuring Costs

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company committed to a plan to close its Tucson, Arizona
design center and move those operations to the Company’s headquarters in Austin, Texas. As a result, the
Company incurred a one-time charge for relocation, severance-related items and facility-related costs to
operating expenses totaling $3.5 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. The charge included $1.5 million
in severance and relocation-related costs and $2.0 million in facility and other related charges. In fiscal year
2014, the Company recorded a credit of approximately $0.6 million related to changes in estimates for the
facility, due to new subleases on the vacated property. This information is presented in a separate line item on the
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in operating expenses under the caption “Restructuring and
other, net.”

Of the net $2.9 million expense incurred, approximately $2.5 million has been completed, and consisted of

severance and relocation-related costs of approximately $1.1 million, an asset impairment charge of
approximately $1.0 million, and facility-related costs of approximately $0.4 million. As of March 29, 2014, we
have a remaining restructuring accrual of $0.4 million, included in “Other accrued liabilities” on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

11. Employee Benefit Plans

We have a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all of our qualifying domestic

employees. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to contribute any percentage of their annual
compensation up to the annual IRS limitations. Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company
matches 50 percent of the first 8 percent of the employees’ annual contribution; prior to the fourth quarter of the

Page 54 of 72

current fiscal year, the Company matched 50 percent of the first 6 percent of the employee’s annual contribution.
We made matching employee contributions of $1.8 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million during fiscal years
2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

12. Equity Compensation

The Company is currently granting equity awards from the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which

was approved by stockholders in July 2006. The Plan provides for granting of stock options, restricted stock
awards, performance awards, phantom stock awards, and bonus stock awards, or any combination of the
foregoing. To date, the Company has granted stock options, restricted stock awards, and phantom stock awards
(also called restricted stock units) under the Plan. Stock options generally vest between zero and four years, and
are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant. Generally, restricted stock awards are subject to
vesting schedules up to four years. Restricted stock units are generally subject to vesting from one to three years,
depending upon the terms of the grant.

The following table summarizes the activity in total shares available for grant (in thousands):

Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plans terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plans terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plans terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares
Available for
Grant

8,175
(34)
(2,049)
165

6,257
—
(1,600)
468

5,125
—
(1,785)
207

3,547

Stock Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation on cost of goods sold, research and

development, sales, general and administrative, pre-tax income, and net income after taxes for options granted
under the Company’s equity incentive plans (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 29,
2014

March 31,
2012

Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

864
10,392
11,818

751
10,549
10,195

Effect on pre-tax income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income Tax Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,074
(8,445)

21,495
(106)

398
5,590
6,190

12,178
—

Total share-based compensation expense (net of taxes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,629

21,389

12,178

Share-based compensation effects on basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based compensation effects on diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based compensation effects on financing activities cash flow . . . . . . . . . .

0.50
0.48
14,629
8,445

0.33
0.32
21,389
106

0.19
0.18
12,178
—

Page 55 of 72

The total share based compensation expense included in the table above and which is attributable to
restricted stock awards and restricted stock units was $18.6 million, $16.3 million, and $6.3 million, for fiscal
years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

As of March 29, 2014, there was $37.5 million of compensation costs related to non-vested stock options,

restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans not yet
recognized in the Company’s financial statements. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.21 years for stock options, 0.27 years for restricted stock awards,
and 1.49 years for restricted stock units.

Stock Option Awards

We estimated the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-

pricing model using a dividend yield of zero and the following additional assumptions:

Expected stock price volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 29, 2014

51.93 - 54.34%
0.47 - 0.52%
2.46 - 2.61

Year Ended
March 30, 2013

63.42%
0.31%
2.46

March 31, 2012

59.25 - 66.11%
0.27 - 1.43%
2.32 - 3.82

The Black-Scholes valuation calculation requires us to estimate key assumptions such as stock price
volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based
upon implied volatility from traded options on our stock in the marketplace. The expected term of options
granted is derived from an analysis of historical exercises and remaining contractual life of stock options, and
represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding after becoming vested. The risk-
free interest rate reflects the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period that is commensurate with
the expected term assumption. Finally, we have never paid cash dividends, do not currently intend to pay cash
dividends, and thus have assumed a zero percent dividend yield.

Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, the weighted average estimated fair values of employee

stock options granted in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, were $10.45, $20.43, $7.58, respectively.

During fiscal year 2014, 2013, and 2012, we received a net $5.1 million, $12.0 million, and $4.1 million,
respectively, from the exercise of 0.8 million, 1.7 million, and 0.6 million, respectively, stock options granted
under the Company’s Stock Plan.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal year 2014, 2013, and 2012, was

$12.4 million, $48.6 million, and $7.6 million, respectively. Intrinsic value represents the difference between the
market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise and the strike price of the stock option.

As of March 29, 2014, approximately 7.3 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under

the Company’s Stock Plan.

Page 56 of 72

Additional information with respect to stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share

amounts):

Outstanding Options

Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number

6,181
450
(593)
(67)
(67)

5,904
264
(1,746)
(144)
—

4,278
318
(834)
(10)
(27)

Balance, March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,725

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$ 7.63
15.63
6.88
7.70
15.68

$ 8.23
37.22
6.88
12.52
20.25

$10.42
23.45
6.12
15.33
19.52

$12.42

Additional information with regards to outstanding options that are vesting, expected to vest, or exercisable

as of March 29, 2014 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

Number of
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise price

Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

Vested and expected to vest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,676
3,004

$12.24
$ 9.54

5.68
5.07

$32,674
$31,823

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, stock options outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of
estimated future option forfeitures, which are estimated as compensation costs are recognized. Options with a fair
value of $4.8 million, $4.8 million, and $6.3 million, became vested during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012,
respectively.

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable options as of March 29,

2014 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Range of Exercise Prices

Number

$2.82 - $5.53 . . . . . . . . . .
$5.55 - $5.55 . . . . . . . . . .
$5.66 - $7.87 . . . . . . . . . .
$8.06 - $16.25 . . . . . . . . .
$16.28 - $24.14 . . . . . . . .
$38.99 - $38.99 . . . . . . . .

502
943
701
831
499
249

3,725

Options Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)

Weighted
Average Exercise
Price

Options Exercisable

Number
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$ 5.16
5.55
7.27
15.21
22.03
38.99

$12.42

502
943
701
616
154
88

3,004

$ 5.16
5.55
7.27
15.10
19.46
38.99

$ 9.54

4.03
5.50
3.21
6.74
8.30
8.52

5.72

Page 57 of 72

As of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013, the number of options exercisable was 3.0 million and

3.2 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company periodically grants restricted stock awards (“RSA’s”) to select employees. The grant date for

these awards is equal to the measurement date and the awards are valued as of the measurement date and
amortized over the requisite vesting period, which is no more than four years. Each full value award, including
RSA’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the Plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSA granted. As of
March 29, 2014, approximately 0.1 million shares attributable to RSA awards were reserved for issuance under
the Plan, which includes the additional shares associated with this full value multiplier. A summary of the
activity for RSA’s in fiscal year 2014, 2013, and 2012, is presented below (in thousands, except per share
amounts):

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(per share)

Number of
Shares

March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45
49
(54)
—

40
27
(62)
—

5
—
—
—

$ 7.21
15.31
14.57
—

7.19
28.24
15.45
—

17.28
—
—
—

$17.28

The aggregate intrinsic value of RSA’s outstanding as of March 29, 2014 was $98 thousand. RSA’s with a
fair value of $951 thousand and $637 thousand became vested during fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.
No RSA’s became vested during fiscal year 2014.

Restricted Stock Units

Commencing in fiscal year 2011, the Company began granting restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) to select

employees. These awards are valued as of the grant date and amortized over the requisite vesting period.
Generally, RSU’s vest 100 percent on the first to third anniversary of the grant date depending on the vesting
specifications. Each full value award, including RSU’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the
2006 option plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSU granted. As of March 29, 2014, approximately 3.9 million shares
attributable to RSU awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan, which includes the additional shares

Page 58 of 72

associated with this full value award multiplier. A summary of the activity for RSU’s in fiscal year 2014, 2013,
and 2012 is presented below (in thousands, except year and per share amounts):

March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted
Average
Fair Value

$16.41
16.59
—
16.04

16.52
37.26
20.56
21.46

23.66
22.55
17.71
25.81

620
1,017
—
(21)

1,616
864
(193)
(216)

2,071
977
(626)
(113)

March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,309

$25.26

The aggregate intrinsic value of RSU’s outstanding as of March 29, 2014 was $45.1 million. Additional
information with regards to outstanding restricted stock units that are vesting or expected to vest as of March 29,
2014, is as follows (in thousands, except year and per share amounts):

Weighted
Average
Fair Value

Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (years)

Vested and expected to vest

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,174

$25.26

1.46

RSU’s outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of estimated future forfeitures, which are

estimated as compensation costs are recognized. RSU’s with a fair value of $11.1 million and $3.8 million
became vested during fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively. No RSU’s became vested during fiscal year 2012.
The majority of RSUs that vested in 2014 and 2013 were net settled such that the Company withheld a portion of
the shares at fair value to satisfy tax withholding requirements. In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the vesting of
RSU’s reduced the authorized and unissued share balance by approximately 0.6 million and 0.2 million,
respectively. Total shares withheld and subsequently retired out of the Plan were approximately 0.2 million and
0.1 million, and total payments for the employees’ tax obligations to taxing authorities were $3.9 million and
$1.7 million for fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively. A portion of RSUs that vested in fiscal year 2014 were
cash settled such that the Company received cash from employees in lieu of withholding shares to satisfy tax
withholding requirements. The total amount received from cash settled shares during fiscal year 2014 was
$0.2 million.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Facilities and Equipment Under Operating Lease Agreements

With the exception of our corporate headquarters and select surrounding properties, we lease our facilities
and certain equipment under operating lease agreements, some of which have renewal options. Certain of these
arrangements provide for lease payment increases based upon future fair market rates. As of May 1, 2014, our
principal facilities are located in Austin, Texas.

The Company closed operations in Tucson, Arizona during fiscal year 2013, which included 28,000 square

feet of leased office space which was primarily occupied by engineering personnel. The term of this lease
extends through May 2015.

Page 59 of 72

The aggregate minimum future rental commitments under all operating leases, net of sublease income, for

the following fiscal years are (in thousands):

Facilities Subleases

Net Facilities
Commitments

Equipment
Commitments

Total
Commitments

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,292
2,623
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,519
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
823
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
373
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total minimum lease payment . . . . . . $9,630

$238
27
—
—
—
—

$265

$3,054
2,596
2,519
823
373
—

$9,365

$11
8
5
5
4
—

$33

$3,065
2,604
2,524
828
377
—

$9,398

Total rent expense was approximately $2.8 million, $3.2 million, and $4.7 million, for fiscal years 2014,
2013, and 2012, respectively. Sublease rental income was $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.4 million, for fiscal years
2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Wafer, Assembly and Test Purchase Commitments

We rely primarily on third-party foundries for our wafer manufacturing needs. As of March 29, 2014, we
had agreements with multiple foundries for the manufacture of wafers. On December 22, 2011, the Company
entered into a $10 million Capacity Investment and Loading Agreement with STATS ChipPAC Ltd (Supplier
Agreement) in order to secure assembly and test capacity for certain products. As part of the agreement, we are
eligible to receive rebates on our purchases up to the full amount of the specified $10 million in the Supplier
Agreement upon our meeting certain purchase volume milestones. We have utilized $2.6 million and
$4.3 million during fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to the agreement and expect to receive the
full amount of our $10 million payments back in rebates through fiscal year 2015, based on our current
projections. Other than the previously mentioned agreement, our foundry agreements do not have volume
purchase commitments or “take or pay” clauses and provide for purchase commitments based on purchase
orders. Cancellation fees or other charges may apply and are generally dependent upon whether wafers have been
started or the stage of the manufacturing process at which the notice of cancellation is given. As of March 29,
2014, we had foundry commitments of $36.7 million.

In addition to our wafer supply arrangements, we contract with third-party assembly vendors to package the

wafer die into finished products. Assembly vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the
semiconductor industry. We had non-cancelable assembly purchase orders with numerous vendors totaling
$2.1 million at March 29, 2014.

Test vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry. Our total

non-cancelable commitment for outside test services as of March 29, 2014 was $5.3 million.

14. Legal Matters

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the

On June 4, 2012, U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC (the “Plaintiff”) filed suit against Cirrus Logic and two

Page 60 of 72

2013. In exchange for a full release of claims as it relates to the asserted patent, we paid the Plaintiff
$0.7 million. This amount is recorded as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income under the caption “Patent infringement settlements, net.”

On April 13, 2013, another purported shareholder filed a shareholder derivative complaint against several of

our current officers and directors in the District Court of Travis County, Texas, 53rd Judicial District (the
“Derivative Case”). Graham, derivatively on behalf of Cirrus Logic, Inc. v. Rhode, et. al., Cause
No. D-1-GN-13-001285. In this complaint, the plaintiff makes allegations similar to those presented in the
Securities Case, but the plaintiff asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary
duty and unjust enrichment. On January 27, 2014, the plaintiff filed a Notice of Non-Suit (the “Notice”)
indicating that the plaintiff did not intend to pursue the claims further. Based on the plaintiff’s filing of the
Notice, the Court dismissed the plaintiff’s claims without prejudice.

15. Stockholders’ Equity

Share Repurchase Program

On November 20, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program

of up to $200 million of the Company’s common stock. As of March 29, 2014, the Company had repurchased
5.6 million shares at a cost of approximately $137.7 million, or an average cost of $24.46 per share. Of this total,
2.6 million shares were purchased in the current fiscal year at a cost of $52.1 million, or an average cost of
$19.78 per share. As of March 29, 2014, approximately $62.3 million remains available for repurchase under this
plan.

In fiscal year 2013, the Company repurchased 3.0 million shares at a cost of $86.1 million, or an average

cost of $28.59 per share. This amount included $0.5 million of stock repurchased pursuant to the remaining
portion of the $80 million share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in November 2010.

All of these shares were repurchased in the open market and were funded from existing cash. All shares of

our common stock that were repurchased were retired as of March 29, 2014.

Preferred Stock

We have 5.0 million shares of Preferred Stock authorized. As of March 29, 2014 we have not issued any of

the authorized shares.

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and

unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale. The foreign currency translation
adjustments are not currently adjusted for income taxes because they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S.
subsidiaries that have since changed from a foreign functional currency to a U.S dollar functional currency.

Page 61 of 72

The following table summarizes the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss,

net of tax (in thousands):

Foreign
Currency

Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Securities

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current period activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current period activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(770)
—
—

(770)
—
—

$
8
(157)
—

(149)
(31)
64

Total

$(762)
(157)
—

(919)
(31)
64

Balance, March 29, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(770)

$(116)

$(886)

17.

Income Taxes

Income before income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of (in thousands):

March 29,
2014

$155,431
306

Year Ended
March 30,
2013

$200,124
1,066

March 31,
2012

$79,425
558

$155,737

$201,190

$79,983

March 29,
2014

Year Ended
March 30,
2013

March 31,
2012

Current:

Federal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,550
258
335

$ 3,537
323
243

$ 1,322
518
261

Total current tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,143

$ 4,103

$ 2,101

Deferred:

U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36,543
(60)

60,506
(17)

(10,102)
1

Total deferred tax provision (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36,483

60,489

(10,101)

Total tax provision (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$47,626

$64,592

$ (8,000)

Page 62 of 72

The effective income tax rates differ from the rates computed by applying the statutory federal rate to pretax

income as follows (in percentages):

March 29,
2014

Year Ended
March 30,
2013

March 31,
2012

Expected income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory

rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.0

Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision of income

taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign taxes at different rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R&D credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recognition of prior year benefit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nondeductible expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(0.1)
0.1
(0.9)
(0.1)
(4.1)
0.5
0.2

(1.3)
(0.1)
(2.1)
0.1
—
0.3
0.2

Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30.6

32.1

(46.7)
—
—
1.0
—
0.1
0.6

(10.0)

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013

are (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

Inventory valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses and allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development tax credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State tax credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized research and development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other

$ 7,692
3,905
29,062
15,164
231
3,485
28,627

$ 12,065
5,077
28,162
37,054
237
6,601
21,505

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 88,166
(32,159)

$110,701
(23,232)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 56,007

$ 87,469

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,709
3,209

5,238
623

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8,918

5,861

Total net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 47,089

$ 81,608

These net deferred tax assets have been categorized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 29,

2014 and March 30, 2013 as follows:

Current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$22,024
25,065

$64,937
16,671

Total net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$47,089

$81,608

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

Page 63 of 72

The current and long-term deferred tax assets are disclosed separately under their respective captions on the

Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The valuation allowance increased by $8.9 million in fiscal year 2014 and decreased by $5.8 million in

fiscal year 2013. The increase during fiscal year 2014 was primarily due to the equity acquisition of Acoustic,
which had a large Federal net operating loss that will not be fully realized due to the limitations of Internal
Revenue Code Section 382. The Company maintained its valuation allowance on various state net operating
losses and credits due to the likelihood that they will expire or go unutilized because the Company no longer has
a significant apportionment in the jurisdiction in which the attribute was created. The decrease in the fiscal year
2013 allowance was the result of a release of valuation allowance that the Company had maintained on its capital
loss carryforward due to the capital gain income generated by the sale of assets associated with the Company’s
Apex products. With regard to the remaining deferred tax assets, Management believes that the Company’s
results from future operations will generate sufficient taxable income such that it is more likely than not that
these deferred tax assets will be realized.

At March 29, 2014, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $81.3 million. Of that amount,
$29.5 million related to acquired companies and are, therefore, subject to certain limitations under Section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code. Because the Company has elected the “with and without” method for purposes of
tracking its excess stock deductions, the amount of federal net operating loss included in deferred tax assets is
$61.2 million, which yields a tax effected deferred tax asset of $21.4 million. The net deferred tax asset for
federal net operating loss carryforwards is $8.8 million after taking into account the valuation allowance that has
been placed on this deferred tax asset. The Company had $110.0 million of excess stock deductions which are
not included in deferred tax assets. The tax benefit from these deductions will increase additional paid-in capital
when they are deemed realized under the “with and without” method. We had net operating losses in various
states that total $94.0 million. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2019 through
2034. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2015 through 2029. We also have non-U.S.
net operating losses of $2.2 million, which do not expire.

Federal research and development credit carryforwards of $21.0 million expire in fiscal years 2018 through

2034. Under the “with and without method”, all but $612 thousand of these credit carryforwards are deemed to
have been utilized in fiscal year 2014 and are therefore, not reflected as deferred tax assets at the end of the fiscal
year. Of the $14.5 million of state research and development credits, $2.8 million will expire in fiscal years 2022
through 2027. The remaining $11.7 million of state research and development credits are not subject to
expiration.

We have approximately $307 thousand of cumulative undistributed earnings in certain non-U.S.
subsidiaries. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings because the
Company currently intends to reinvest these earnings in operations outside the U.S. The unrecognized deferred
tax liability on these earnings is approximately $109 thousand.

We record unrecognized tax benefits for the estimated risk associated with tax positions taken on tax

returns. The unrecognized tax benefits balance was zero at March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013.

The Company does not believe that its unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease

during the next 12 months.

We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for

income taxes. As of March 29, 2014, the balance of accrued interest and penalties was zero. No interest or
penalties were incurred during fiscal year 2014 or 2013.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple
state and foreign jurisdictions. Fiscal years 2011 through 2014 remain open to examination by the major taxing
jurisdictions to which we are subject.

Page 64 of 72

18. Segment Information

We determine our operating segments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)
guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker under
these guidelines.

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment, but reports revenue performance in

two product lines, which currently are audio and energy. Our CEO receives and uses enterprise-wide financial
information to assess financial performance and allocate resources, rather than detailed information at a product
line level. Additionally, our product lines have similar characteristics and customers. They share operations
support functions such as sales, public relations, supply chain management, various research and development
and engineering support, in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal,
finance and information technology. Therefore, there is no complete, discrete financial information maintained
for these product lines. Revenue from our product lines are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 29,
2014

March 31,
2012

Audio Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$667,739
46,599

$754,769
55,017

$350,743
76,100

$714,338

$809,786

$426,843

Geographic Area

The following illustrates sales by geographic locations based on the sales office location (in thousands):

Fiscal Years Ended
March 30,
2013

March 29,
2014

March 31,
2012

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hong Kong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-U.S. countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 35,582
13,125
1,513
617,850
6,057
5,150
9,338
13,739
11,112
872

$ 38,670
17,601
1,610
700,051
8,590
9,299
8,975
11,694
10,387
2,909

$ 50,230
23,493
434
294,143
8,671
15,196
9,781
10,662
13,063
1,170

Total consolidated sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$714,338

$809,786

$426,843

Page 65 of 72

The following illustrates property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations, based on physical

location (in thousands):

Fiscal Years Ended

March 29,
2014

March 30,
2013

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hong Kong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$103,287
16
265
2
12
5
52
11

$100,343
23
137
5
25
6
70
14

Total consolidated property, plant and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$103,650

$100,623

19. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following quarterly results have been derived from our audited annual consolidated financial

statements. In the opinion of management, this unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same
basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, including normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this quarterly information. This information should be read along
with the financial statements and related notes. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

The unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each quarter of fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were as

follows (in thousands, except per share data):

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20. Subsequent Event

1st
Quarter

$155,125
79,498
20,642
0.33
0.31

1st
Quarter

$99,006
53,440
6,927
0.11
0.10

Fiscal Year 2014
3rd
2nd
Quarter
Quarter

$190,671
99,448
33,367
0.53
0.50

$218,883
103,849
41,500
0.66
0.63

Fiscal Year 2013
3rd
Quarter

2nd
Quarter

$193,774
100,087
35,449
0.55
0.51

$310,133
158,050
67,862
1.04
0.99

4th
Quarter

$149,659
73,368
12,602
0.20
0.20

4th
Quarter

$206,873
83,614
26,360
0.41
0.39

On April 29, 2014, Cirrus Logic announced that Cirrus Logic and board of directors of Wolfson

Microelectronics plc, a public limited company incorporated in Scotland (“Wolfson”), had agreed on the terms of
a recommended cash offer of £2.35 per share (the “Offer”) to be made by Cirrus Logic for the acquisition of the
entire issued and to be issued share capital of Wolfson (the “Acquisition”). The Offer values the entire issued and
to be issued share capital of Wolfson at approximately £291 million (approximately $488 million based on a U.S.

Page 66 of 72

dollar to pound sterling exchange rate of 1.68) (the “Offer Consideration”), and implies an enterprise value of
Wolfson of approximately £278 million (approximately $467 million based on a U.S. dollar to pound sterling
exchange rate of 1.68). As a result of this agreement, we entered into a nine-month foreign currency hedging
contract, which is expected to mitigate the risks of foreign currency fluctuation related to this transaction. The
Acquisition, if approved, is expected to strengthen Cirrus Logic’s ability to expand its customer base with highly
differentiated, end-to-end audio solutions for portable audio applications. The Acquisition will be financed by a
combination of existing cash on Cirrus Logic’s balance sheet and $225 million in debt funding from Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association. The Acquisition is expected to close in the second half of calendar year 2014.

Cirrus Logic entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association as administrative agent and lender, on April 29, 2014, in connection with the Acquisition. The Credit
Agreement provides for a $225 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit
Facility may be used for, among other things, payment of the Offer Consideration in connection with the deal.
The Credit Facility matures on the earliest to occur of (a) January 23, 2015, (b) the date of termination of the
Commitments as a result of a permanent reduction of all of the Commitments (as defined therein) by Cirrus
Logic or (c) the date of termination of the Commitments as a result of an event of default (such date, the
“Maturity Date”). Cirrus Logic must repay the outstanding principal amount of all borrowings, together with all
accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the Maturity Date. The Credit Facility is required to be guaranteed by all
of Cirrus Logic’s material domestic subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). The Credit Facility is secured by
substantially all of the assets of Cirrus Logic and any Subsidiary Guarantors, except for certain excluded assets.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility may, at our election, bear interest at either (a) a base rate plus the

applicable margin (“Base Rate Loans”) or (b) a LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin (“LIBOR Rate
Loans”). The applicable margin ranges from 0% to .25% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 1.75% to 2.25% per
annum for LIBOR Rate Loans based on the Leverage Ratio (as defined below). A Commitment Fee accrues at a
rate per annum ranging from 0.30% to 0.40% (based on the Leverage Ratio) on the average daily unused portion
of the Commitment of the Lenders. Certain representations and warranties are required under the Credit
Agreement, and the Company must be in compliance with specified financial covenants, including the ratio of
consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA for the prior four consecutive quarters must not be
greater than 1.75 to 1.00 (the “Leverage Ratio”) and the sum of cash and cash equivalents of Cirrus Logic and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis must not be less than $75 million.

Page 67 of 72

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the
participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, the effectiveness
of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Our disclosure controls and
procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in
reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management,
including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
rules and forms of the Commission. Based upon the evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial
officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 29, 2014 at the
reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial

reporting, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our CEO and CFO, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report based on the framework in “Internal Control-
Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management has concluded that our
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 29, 2014, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on

management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 29, 2014, included in
Item 8 of this report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter

ended March 29, 2014, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 10. Directors , Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information set forth in the proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with our

Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 28, 2014 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the headings
Corporate Governance — Board Meetings and Committees, Corporate Governance — Audit Committee,
Proposals to be Voted on — Proposal No. 1 — Election of Directors, Summary of Executive Compensation, and
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by reference.

Page 68 of 72

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Director Compensation Arrangements,

Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation Committee Report, and Proposals to be Voted on —
Proposal No. 3 — Advisory Vote to Approve Named Executive Officer Compensation, Proposal No. 4 —Approval
of the Amendment to, and the Restatement of, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and Proposal No. 5 — Approval of
Material Terms of the 2006 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, for purposes of complying with the
requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Equity Compensation Plan Information

and Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Certain Relationships and Related

Transactions and Corporate Governance is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Audit and Non-Audit Fees and Services

and Proposal No. 2 — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is
incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

▪ Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
▪ Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 29, 2014 and March 30, 2013.
▪ Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 29,

2014, March 30, 2013, and March 31, 2012.

▪ Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014, March 30,

2013, and March 31, 2012.

▪ Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended March 29,

2014, March 30, 2013, and March 31, 2012.
▪ Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts

sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Page 69 of 72

3. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Number

Description

2.1

2.2
3.1
3.2
10.1+
10.2+
10.3+
10.4+

10.5+

10.6+

10.7+
10.8+

10.9+

10.10+

10.11+
10.12
10.13

14.1*
23.1*
24.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
101.INS*
101.SCH*
101.CAL*
101.LAB*
101.PRE*
101.DEF*

Credit Agreement dated April 29, 2014 among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank and National Association, as
Administrative Agent and Lender. (1)
Cooperation Agreement dated April 29, 2014 between the Company and Wolfson Microelectronics plc. (1)
Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 26, 1998. (2)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (3)
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 1996 Stock Plan, as amended and restated as of December 4, 2007. (4)
2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (5)
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (6)
Form of Stock Option Agreement for options granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan. (7)
Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option for options granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan. (6)
Form of Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan. (8)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (9)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for U.S. Employees under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan. (7)
Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan. (7)
2007 Executive Severance and Change of Control Plan, effective as of October 1, 2007, as amended and
restated on March 4, 2014. (10)
2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan, as amended on May 28, 2013. (11)
The Revised Stipulation of Settlement dated March 10, 2009. (12)
Credit Agreement dated April 19, 2012, among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, Barclays Bank, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Managers, and the lenders referred to therein. (13)
Code of Conduct, dated March 5, 2014.
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney (see signature page).
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed with this Form 10-K.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2014
(Registration No. 000-17795).

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2001, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2001 (Registration No. 000-17795).

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 20,
2013.

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 30,
2008.

Page 70 of 72

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29,
2003, filed with the SEC on June 13, 2003 (Registration No. 000-17795).

Incorporated by reference from Registration’s Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on August 1,
2006 (Registration No. 000-17795), as amended on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2014
(Registration No. 000-17795).

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7,
2010.

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 1,
2007.

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5,
2007.

(10) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 10,

2014.

(11) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30,

2013, filed with the SEC on May 29, 2013 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(12) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2009.

(13) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2012.

Page 71 of 72

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized.

Signatures

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

By: /S/ THURMAN K. CASE
Thurman K. Case
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Accounting Officer
May 28, 2014

KNOW BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints
Thurman K. Case, his attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign
any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
each of the attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the

Registrant, in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this report below:

Signature

Title

Date

/S/ JASON P. RHODE

Jason P. Rhode

/S/ THURMAN K. CASE

Thurman K. Case

/S/ JOHN C. CARTER

John C. Carter

/S/ TIMOTHY R. DEHNE

Timothy R. Dehne

/S/ CHRISTINE KING

Christine King

/S/ ALAN R. SCHUELE

Alan R. Schuele

/S/ WILLIAM D. SHERMAN

William D. Sherman

/S/ SUSAN WANG

Susan Wang

May 28, 2014

President and Chief Executive
Officer

Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Accounting
Officer

Director

Page 72 of 72

JASON P. RHODE
President and Chief Executive Officer

June 2, 2014

To our Stockholders:

I would like to invite you to participate in the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Cirrus
Logic, Inc. to be held on Monday, July 28, 2014, at 11:00 a.m. Central Time. We are pleased to
announce that this year’s Annual Meeting will once again be completely virtual. You will be able
to participate, vote, and submit your questions during the meeting on a live webcast at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014. To access this website and enter the meeting,
you should have available your control number, which is included with the proxy materials. You
will not be able to attend the Annual Meeting in person.

We also are continuing to provide our stockholders with the proxy materials electronically
via the Internet. If a stockholder chooses, he or she may obtain paper copies; however, by
providing the information online, our stockholders will have immediate access to the proxy
materials at their discretion.

Even if you plan to participate in the Annual Meeting, I hope you will vote as soon as
possible. Although you may vote the day of the Annual Meeting, you may also vote in advance
via the Internet, as well as by telephone, or by mailing a proxy card. Voting over the Internet, by
telephone, or by written proxy will ensure your representation at the Annual Meeting if you do not
participate in the virtual meeting. Please review the instructions on the Notice of Internet
Availability or the proxy card regarding each of these voting options.

Cirrus Logic, Inc. values the participation of its stockholders. Your vote is an important part

of our system of corporate governance, and I strongly encourage you to participate.

Sincerely,

Jason P. Rhode
President and Chief Executive Officer

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Questions and Answers About the Proxy Materials, the Annual Meeting, and Voting

Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proposals To Be Voted On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proposal No. 2: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proposal No. 3: Advisory Vote To Approve the Compensation of Named Executive

Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proposal No. 4: Approval of the Amendment to, and the Restatement of, the 2006

Stock Incentive Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
1

2
7
15
15

Proposal No. 5: Approval of Material Terms of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as

Amended and Restated, for Purposes of Complying with the
28
Requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code . . . . . . .
29
Other Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Executive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
Compensation Discussion and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Compensation Committee Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
Consideration of Risk Related to Compensation Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
Executive Compensation Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
Equity Compensation Plan Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58
Report of the Audit Committee of the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Audit And Non-Audit Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
Householding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
Communicating with Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
63
Annual Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
Exhibit A: Charter of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Exhibit B: Charter of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Exhibit C: Charter of the Governance Committee of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Exhibit D: Corporate Governance Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Exhibit E: Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

A copy of Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K is included with this Proxy Statement.
Copies of this document are available on our website at www.cirrus.com. You also may receive copies
of this document at no charge upon request directed to:

Cirrus Logic, Inc. Investor Relations
800 W. Sixth Street, Austin, Texas 78701
telephone: (512) 851-4125; email: Investor.Relations@cirrus.com

2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

July 28, 2014
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company,” “our,” or “we”) will hold its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
as follows:

Monday, July 28, 2014
11:00 A.M. (Central Daylight Time)
Cirrus Logic, Inc.
300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300
Austin, Texas 78701

We are pleased to announce that this year’s Annual Meeting will be completely virtual. You will be
able to attend, vote, and submit your questions during the meeting on a live webcast via the Internet at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014. To access this website, you must have your control
number available to enter the meeting. You will not be able to attend the Annual Meeting in person.

At the meeting, stockholders will vote on the following matters:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

the election of seven Company directors for one-year terms;

the ratification of the appointment of Ernst &Young LLP as our independent registered public
accounting firm for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2015;

an advisory vote to approve the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers;

the approval of the amendment to, and the restatement of, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan;

the approval of material terms of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, for
purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (such code, the “IRC,” and such section, “Section 162(m)”); and

(vi)

such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

You can vote four different ways. You can vote by participating in the virtual meeting, by telephone,
by the Internet, or by proxy card. For specific voting information, please see “Questions and Answers
about the Proxy Materials, the Annual Meeting, and Voting Procedures” on page 2.

Stockholders of record at the close of business on May 29, 2014, are entitled to vote. On that day,
approximately 62,059,121 million shares of the Company common stock were outstanding. Each share
entitles the holder to one vote. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting will
be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for at least 10
days prior to the meeting.

The Board of Directors of the Company asks you to vote in favor of these proposals. This proxy
statement provides you with detailed information about each proposal. We are also using this proxy
statement to discuss our corporate governance and compensation practices and philosophies.

We encourage you to read this proxy statement carefully. In addition, you may obtain information
about the Company from the Annual Report to Stockholders and from other documents that we have
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

PROXY STATEMENT

2014 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
To Be Held Monday, July 28, 2014

Cirrus Logic, Inc.
300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300
Austin, Texas 78701
www.cirrus.com

These proxy materials are furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board
of Directors (the “Board”) of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company,” “our,” or “we”) for use at our 2014
Annual Meeting of Stockholders and any adjournments or postponements of the meeting (the “Annual
Meeting”). The Annual Meeting will be held on July 28, 2014, at 11:00 a.m., Central Daylight Time,
and may be accessed on a live webcast via the Internet at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014.

Beginning on or about June 18, 2014, Cirrus Logic will make available on the Internet or deliver paper
copies of these proxy materials by mail in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board for
proposals to be voted on at the Annual Meeting.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROXY MATERIALS,
THE ANNUAL MEETING, AND VOTING PROCEDURES

Q: Why am I receiving these materials?
A: The Board, on behalf of the Company, is soliciting your proxy for the Annual Meeting of

Stockholders to take place on July 28, 2014. As a stockholder, you are invited to participate in the
meeting and are entitled to and requested to vote on the proposals described in this proxy statement.

Q: What information is contained in these materials?
A: The information included in this proxy statement relates to the proposals to be voted on at the
meeting, the voting process, the compensation of directors and our most highly paid executive
officers, and certain other required information. Our 2014 Annual Report to Stockholders on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014, is also included.

If you requested and received a copy of these materials by mail or email, then the proxy materials
also include a proxy card or a voting instruction card for the Annual Meeting.

Q: Why did I receive a notice in the mail regarding the Internet availability of the proxy materials

instead of a paper copy of the proxy materials?

A: We are complying with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rule that allows
companies to furnish their proxy materials over the Internet. As a result, we are mailing to our
stockholders a Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials instead of a paper copy of the
proxy materials. All stockholders receiving the Notice of Internet Availability will have the ability to
access the proxy materials over the Internet, or alternatively, request to receive a copy of the proxy
materials by mail or email.

Q. How can I access the proxy materials over the Internet?
A: Your Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials contains instructions regarding how to:

Š
Š
Š

view the proxy materials for the Annual Meeting on the Internet;
request a paper copy of the proxy materials for the Annual Meeting; and
instruct us to send future proxy materials to you electronically by email.

Q: How may I obtain a paper copy of the proxy materials?
A: Your Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials contains instructions regarding how to

obtain a paper copy of the proxy materials.

Q: What if I receive more than one Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials or more

than one paper copy of the proxy materials?

A: If you receive more than one Notice of Internet Availability or set of proxy materials, it means your
shares are registered differently or are in more than one account. To vote all your shares by proxy,
you must vote for all Notices of Internet Availability you receive, or for all proxy cards and voting
instruction cards you received upon request.

Q: What proposals will be voted on at the meeting?
A: There are five proposals scheduled to be voted on at the meeting:
the election of seven Company directors for one-year terms;
the ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) as our
independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2015;

(1)
(2)

(3) an advisory (non-binding) vote to approve the compensation of the Company’s named

(4)
(5)

executive officers;
the approval of the amendment to, and the restatement of, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan; and
the approval of material terms of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, for
purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code.

Q: Will I be able to attend the Annual Meeting?
A: We will host the Annual Meeting live via the Internet. You will not be able to attend the meeting
in person. Any stockholder can listen to and participate in the Annual Meeting live via the Internet
at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014. The webcast will begin at 11:00 a.m., Central
Daylight Time, on July 28, 2014. Stockholders may vote and submit questions while connected to
the Annual Meeting via the Internet.

Q: What do I need to do to be able to participate in the Annual Meeting online?
A: The Annual Meeting will be held live via the Internet. You will not be able to attend the meeting in
person. A summary of the information you need to attend the meeting online is provided below:
Š

Any stockholder can listen to the meeting and participate live via the Internet at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014.

Š Webcast begins at 11:00 a.m. Central Daylight Time on July 28, 2014.
Š
Š
Š

Stockholders may vote and submit questions while connected to the meeting via the Internet.
Please have your control number to enter the meeting.
Instructions on how to connect and participate via the Internet, including how to demonstrate
proof of stock ownership, are posted at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014.

Š A webcast replay of the meeting will be available after the meeting at

www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014.

Q: What is the Company’s voting recommendation?
A: The Board recommends that you vote your shares as follows:

Š
Š

“FOR” each of the director nominees;
“FOR” the ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young as our independent registered
public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2015;
“FOR” the approval, on a non-binding, advisory basis, of the compensation of the Company’s
named executive officers;

“FOR” the approval of the amendment to, and the restatement of, the 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan; and
“FOR” the approval of material terms of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and
restated, for purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code.

Q: Who is entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting?
A: Stockholders of record at the close of business on May 29, 2014 (the “Record Date”) are entitled to

vote.

Q: What shares owned by me can be voted?
A: All shares owned by you as of the close of business on the Record Date may be voted by you.
These shares include (1) shares held directly in your name as the stockholder of record, and
(2) shares held for you as the beneficial owner through a stockbroker, bank, or other nominee.

Q: What is the difference between holding shares as a stockholder of record and as a beneficial

owner?

A: Most stockholders of the Company hold their shares through a stockbroker, bank, or other nominee
rather than directly in their own name. As summarized below, there are some distinctions between
shares held of record and those owned beneficially.

Stockholder of Record
If your shares are registered directly in your name with the Company’s transfer agent,
Computershare Investor Services, you are considered, with respect to those shares, the stockholder
of record, and you have the right to vote by proxy by following the instructions in the Notice of
Internet Availability of the proxy materials or to vote online at the meeting.

Beneficial Owner
If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are
considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name, and your stockbroker, bank, or other
nominee is considered, with respect to those shares, the stockholder of record. As the beneficial
owner, you have the right to direct your stockbroker, bank, or other nominee how to vote and are
also invited to attend the meeting.

Q: How can I vote my shares at the meeting?
A: Shares may be voted at the Annual Meeting via the Internet on a live webcast at

www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CRUS2014. To access the meeting and vote your shares, you
must have your control number.

Even if you currently plan to participate in the Annual Meeting via the webcast, we recommend
that you submit your proxy in advance of the meeting so that your vote will be counted if you later
decide not to attend the meeting.

Q: How can I vote my shares without participating in the meeting?
A: Whether you hold shares directly as the stockholder of record or beneficially in street name, you

may direct your vote without participating in the meeting. You may vote by granting a proxy or by
submitting voting instructions to your stockbroker, bank, or other nominee for shares held in street
name. In most instances, you will be able to do this over the Internet, by telephone, or by mail. If
you are the stockholder of record, please refer to the summary instructions below and those
included on your Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials. If you hold shares in street
name, you should refer to the voting instruction card provided to you by your stockbroker, bank, or
other nominee. Stockholders who have requested and received a paper copy of a proxy card or
voting instruction card by mail may also vote over the Internet by following the instructions
included with those materials.

BY INTERNET – If you have Internet access, you may vote by following the instructions on the
Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials. If you have requested and received a paper
copy of a proxy card or voting instruction card, you may also vote over the Internet by following
the instructions included with those materials.

BY TELEPHONE – If you have requested and received a paper copy of a proxy card or voting
instruction card, you may vote by telephone by following the instructions on the proxy card. You
will need to have the control number that appears on your Notice of Internet Availability of the
proxy materials available when voting by telephone.

BY MAIL – If you have requested and received a paper copy of a proxy card or voting instruction
card by mail, you may submit a proxy by signing your proxy card and mailing it in the enclosed,
postage prepaid and addressed envelope. If you sign but do not provide instructions, your shares
will be voted as described in “How are votes counted?” below.

Q: What if I hold shares in street name and do not transmit voting instructions before the

stockholder meeting to my stockbroker, bank, or other nominee?

A: Your stockbroker is no longer permitted to vote on your behalf on non-routine matters if you are a
beneficial owner of shares held in street name and you do not transmit your voting instructions
before the stockholder meeting to your stockbroker or nominee. The election of directors (Proposal
No. 1), the advisory vote to approve the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers
(Proposal No. 3), the vote to approve the amendment to, and the restatement of, the 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan (Proposal No. 4), and the vote to approve material terms of the 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan, as amended and restated, for purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m)
of the Internal Revenue Code (Proposal No. 5) are considered non-routine matters. Therefore, if
you do not transmit your voting instructions to your stockbroker or other nominee, then they cannot
vote on these non-routine matters and your vote will be counted as “broker non-votes” as further
described in the response to “How are abstentions and broker non-votes counted?” below.

Q: Can I revoke my proxy?
A: You may revoke your proxy instructions at any time prior to the vote at the Annual Meeting. For

shares held directly in your name, you may revoke your proxy instructions by granting a new proxy
bearing a later date (that automatically revokes the earlier proxy) or by voting during the Annual
Meeting. For shares held beneficially by you, you may revoke your proxy by submitting a new
proxy to your stockbroker, bank, or other nominee.

Q: What is the quorum requirement for the meeting?
A: The quorum requirement for holding the meeting and transacting business is the presence, either in
person or represented by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to be
voted at the Annual Meeting. For the Annual Meeting, both abstentions and broker non-votes are
counted as present for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum.

Q: How are votes counted?
A: In the election of directors, you may vote “FOR” all of the nominees or you may “WITHHOLD”
your vote with respect to one or more of the nominees. For all other proposals you may vote
“FOR,” “AGAINST,” or “ABSTAIN.” If you “ABSTAIN” on any of these matters, it has the same
effect as a vote “AGAINST.”

If you sign your proxy card with no further instructions, your shares will be voted in accordance
with the recommendations of the Board.

Q: What is the voting requirement to approve each of the proposals?
A: In the election of directors, the seven persons receiving the highest number of “FOR” votes will be

elected. All other proposals require the affirmative “FOR” vote of a majority of those shares
present and entitled to vote. If you are a beneficial owner and do not provide your stockbroker,
bank, or other nominee with voting instructions on a non-routine matter such as a director election,
your shares may constitute broker non-votes, as described in “How are abstentions and broker
non-votes counted?” below.

Q: How are abstentions and broker non-votes counted?
A: Abstentions and broker non-votes are counted as present for purposes of determining the shares
present and entitled to vote. However, an abstention is treated as a vote cast for purposes of
counting votes, and therefore the effect of an abstention will be the same as a vote against a
proposal as described in “How are votes counted?” above. Broker non-votes are not counted as
votes cast for, and therefore have no impact on, non-routine matters. Generally, broker non-votes
occur when shares held by a stockbroker for a beneficial owner are not voted with respect to a
particular proposal because the proposal is not a routine matter, the stockbroker has not received
voting instructions from the beneficial owner, and the stockbroker lacks discretionary voting power
to vote the shares.

Q: Where can I find the voting results of the meeting?
A: We will announce preliminary voting results at the meeting and will file with the SEC via EDGAR

a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days of the meeting with the final voting
results. If final voting results are not available at the time of such filing, the Company intends to
disclose preliminary voting results at the time of the filing and file an amended Current Report on
Form 8-K within four business days after obtaining the final results.

Q: What happens if additional proposals are presented at the meeting?
A: Other than the proposals described in this proxy statement, we do not expect any matters to be
presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting. If you grant a proxy, the persons named as proxy
holders, Gregory Scott Thomas, our Corporate Secretary, and Thurman Case, our Chief Financial
Officer, will have the discretion to vote your shares on any additional matters properly presented
for a vote at the meeting. If for any unforeseen reason any of our nominees is not available as a
candidate for director, the persons named as proxy holders will vote your shares for such other
candidate or candidates as may be nominated by the Board.

Q: What classes of shares are entitled to be voted?
A: Each share of common stock of the Company (“common stock”) outstanding as of the Record Date
is entitled to one vote on each item being voted upon at the Annual Meeting. On the Record Date,
we had approximately 62,059,121 million shares of common stock outstanding.

Q: Is cumulative voting permitted for the election of directors?
A: No.

Q: Who will count the votes?
A: A representative of Broadridge Investor Communications Solutions will tabulate the votes. A

representative of the Company will act as the inspector of the election.

Q: Is my vote confidential?
A: Proxy instructions, ballots, and voting tabulations that identify individual stockholders are handled
in a manner that protects your voting privacy. Your vote will not be disclosed either within the
Company or to third parties except (1) as necessary to meet applicable legal requirements, (2) to
allow for the tabulation of votes and certification of the vote, or (3) to facilitate a successful proxy
solicitation by the Board.

Q: Who will bear the cost of soliciting votes for the meeting?
A: The Company will pay the entire cost of soliciting proxies to be voted, along with the costs of
preparing, assembling, printing, mailing, and distributing the proxy materials. If you choose to
access the proxy materials and/or submit your proxy over the Internet or by telephone, however,
you are responsible for Internet access or telephone charges you may incur. In addition to the
mailing of the proxy materials, the solicitation of proxies or votes may be made by our directors,
officers, and employees, either in person, by telephone, or by electronic communication. Our
directors, officers, and employees will not receive any additional compensation for the solicitation
activities. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees, and fiduciaries
for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding proxy and solicitation materials to our
stockholders.

Q: May I propose actions for consideration at next year’s annual meeting of stockholders or

nominate individuals to serve as directors?

A: You may make nominations and submit proposals for consideration at future stockholder meetings.
Any proposal that a stockholder wishes to include in the Company’s proxy materials for the 2015
annual meeting of stockholders, in accordance with the regulations of the SEC, must be received by
no later than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary date that the Company released this proxy
statement for the Annual Meeting. The written proposal will need to comply with the regulations of
the SEC under Rule 14a-8 regarding the inclusion of stockholder proposals in company-sponsored
proxy materials. Any proposal or nomination for election of directors that a stockholder wishes to
propose for consideration at the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders, whether or not the
stockholder wishes to include such proposal or nomination in our proxy statement under the
applicable SEC rules, must be submitted in accordance with our Bylaws. To be considered timely,
our Bylaws provide that such notice must be received at our principal executive offices no later
than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary date that the Company released this proxy
statement for the Annual Meeting. Proposals and nominations should be addressed to: Corporate
Secretary, Cirrus Logic, Inc., 800 W. Sixth Street, Austin, Texas 78701.

Copy of Bylaw Provisions: You may contact the Corporate Secretary at our headquarters, 800 W.
Sixth Street, Austin, Texas 78701, for a copy of the relevant Bylaw provisions regarding the
requirements for making stockholder proposals and nominating director candidates.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board Meetings and Committees
During the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014, the Board held 11 meetings. Each director is expected to
attend each meeting of the Board and the committees of the Board (the “Committees”) on which he or
she serves. No director attended less than 75% of the aggregate of (i) the total number of Board
meetings and (ii) the total number of meetings held by all Committees on which he or she served.
Directors are also expected to attend the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders absent a valid
reason. All of the directors attended the Company’s 2013 annual meeting of stockholders. The Board
appointed Christine King as a director on October 17, 2013. Since her appointment, Ms. King has
attended more than 75% of the meetings that occurred after her appointment.

We have three Committees: Audit, Compensation, and Governance and Nominating. Each member of
the Audit, Compensation, and Governance and Nominating Committees is independent in accordance
with the applicable SEC rules and applicable Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (the “Nasdaq”) listing
standards. Each Committee has a written charter that has been approved by the Board. The current
members of each Committee are identified in the following table, and the function of each Committee
is described below.

On occasion, the Board may appoint special committees or designate directors to undertake special
assignments on behalf of the Board.

Name of Director
John C. Carter
Timothy R. Dehne
Christine King
Jason P. Rhode
Alan R. Schuele
William D. Sherman
Susan Wang
Number of Meetings Held in
Fiscal Year ended March 29,
2014

Independent
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

Audit
X

Compensation
X
Chair

X
Chair

Governance and
Nominating

X
Chair

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is currently composed of three directors. The responsibilities of the Audit
Committee include:

selecting, retaining, compensating, overseeing, evaluating, and, where appropriate, terminating
the Company’s independent auditors;

resolving any disagreements between management and the independent auditors regarding
financial reporting;

adopting and implementing pre-approval policies and procedures for audit and non-audit
services to be rendered by the independent auditors;

reviewing with management and the independent auditors the financial information and the
Management’s Discussion and Analysis proposed to be included in each of the Company’s
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q prior to their filing;

reviewing before release the unaudited interim financial results in the Company’s quarterly
earnings release;

reviewing with management and the independent auditors, at the completion of the annual audit,
the audited financial statements and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis proposed to be
included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K prior to its filing and provide or review
judgments about the quality, not only the acceptability, of accounting principles, and such other
matters required to be discussed with the independent auditors under generally accepted auditing
standards;

reviewing and approving, if appropriate, material changes to the Company’s auditing and
accounting principles and practices as suggested by the independent auditors or management;

establishing procedures for (i) the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by the
Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, and (ii) the
confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding
questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

evaluating the professional competency of the financial staff and the internal auditors, as well as
the quality of their performance in discharging their respective responsibilities.

The Board has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee is able to read and
understand fundamental financial statements and is independent under applicable SEC rules and
applicable Nasdaq listing standards. The Board has determined that Susan Wang is an “audit
committee financial expert” as defined under applicable SEC rules.

For additional information relating to the Audit Committee, see the Report of the Audit Committee of
the Board on page 58 of this proxy statement and the Audit Committee Charter, which is included as
Exhibit B to this proxy statement. The charter is also available under the Corporate Governance section
of our “Investors” page on our website at investor.cirrus.com.

Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is composed of four directors, each of whom is independent under
applicable Nasdaq listing standards. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves salaries and
other matters relating to executive compensation and administers the Company’s stock incentive plans,
including reviewing and granting stock incentive awards to executive officers and other employees and
reviewing and approving policies and procedures for awarding grants under these plans. The
Compensation Committee also reviews and recommends to the Board for approval various other
Company compensation plans, policies, and matters related to the Company’s non-employee directors.
For additional information relating to the Compensation Committee, see the Compensation Committee
Charter, which is included as Exhibit A to this proxy statement. The charter is also available under the
Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our website at investor.cirrus.com.

Please see the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section of this proxy statement for additional
information regarding the Compensation Committee’s processes and procedures for the consideration
and determination of executive officer compensation, including the Compensation Committee’s
engagement of Compensia, Inc. (“Compensia”) as its external compensation consultant.

Governance and Nominating Committee
The Governance and Nominating Committee is composed of three directors, each of whom is
independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards. The Governance and Nominating
Committee provides counsel to the Board with respect to Board organization, membership, and
function, as well as committee structure and membership. The Governance and Nominating Committee
is also responsible for defining the qualifications for candidates for director positions, evaluating
qualified candidates, recommending candidates to the Board for election as directors, and proposing a
slate of directors for election by stockholders at each annual meeting. For more information relating to
the Governance and Nominating Committee, see the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter,
which is included as Exhibit C to this proxy statement. The charter is also available under the
Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our website at investor.cirrus.com.

The Governance and Nominating Committee annually reviews the needs of the Board for various
skills, experience, expected contributions, and other characteristics in determining the director
candidates to be nominated at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Governance and Nominating
Committee will evaluate candidates for directors proposed by directors, stockholders, or management
in light of the Governance and Nominating Committee’s views of the current needs of the Board for
certain skills; the candidate’s background, skills, experience, or other characteristics; and the expected
contributions and the qualification standards established from time to time by the Governance and
Nominating Committee. If the Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Board
requires additional candidates for nomination, the Governance and Nominating Committee may engage
a third-party search firm to assist in identifying qualified candidates. All directors and nominees will
submit a completed form of directors’ and officers’ questionnaire as part of the nominating process.

The process may also include interviews and additional background and reference checks for non-
incumbent nominees, at the discretion of the Governance and Nominating Committee. Although the
Board does not have a formal policy specifying how diversity should be considered in making
determinations regarding nominations of directors, the Governance and Nominating Committee does
take into account the benefits of diverse backgrounds, viewpoints, and experiences, as well as the
benefits of a constructive working relationship among directors, when evaluating candidates for the
Board.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that members of the Board should possess
certain basic personal and professional qualities in order to properly discharge their fiduciary duties to
stockholders, provide effective oversight of the management of the Company, and monitor the
Company’s adherence to principles of sound corporate governance. Therefore, the Governance and
Nominating Committee has determined that nominees for election as director should have the
following qualifications: (i) possess the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity, and values;
(ii) be committed to representing the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders; (iii) have an
inquisitive and objective perspective and mature judgment; (iv) possess strong business and financial
acumen and judgment acquired through education, training, or experience; (v) possess experience at
policy-making levels in business, government, education, or technology, and in areas that are relevant
to the Company’s global business activities; (vi) have experience in matters of corporate governance;
(vii) have experience in positions with a high degree of responsibility in the companies or institutions
with which they are affiliated; and (viii) be prepared to devote appropriate time and attention to the
Board and Committee duties required of a public company board member. Additionally, for non-
employee director candidates, the nominees should have personal and business circumstances that
permit them to serve on one or more of the various Committees.

These are not meant to be the exclusive criteria, however, and the Governance and Nominating
Committee will also consider the contributions that a candidate can be expected to make to the
collective functioning of the Board based upon the totality of the candidate’s credentials, experience,
and expertise; the composition of the Board at the time; and other relevant circumstances.

Stockholders are able to recommend individuals to the Governance and Nominating Committee for
consideration as potential director nominees by submitting their names, together with appropriate
biographical information and background materials, and a statement as to whether the stockholder or
group of stockholders making the recommendation has beneficially owned more than 5% of common
stock for at least one year as of the date such recommendation is made. An eligible stockholder
wishing to recommend a candidate must submit the following no later than 120 calendar days prior to
the anniversary date that the Company released this proxy statement for the Annual Meeting: (A) a
recommendation that identifies the candidate and provides contact information; (B) the written consent
of the candidate to serve as a director of the Company, if elected; and (C) documentation establishing
that the stockholder making the recommendation is an eligible stockholder.

Recommendations should be submitted to:

Governance and Nominating Committee
c/o Corporate Secretary
Cirrus Logic, Inc.
800 W. Sixth Street
Austin, Texas 78701

The Governance and Nominating Committee will consider stockholder-recommended candidates
pursuant to the Director Nominations Process outlined in the Corporate Governance Guidelines, which
is included as Exhibit D to this proxy statement.

Stockholders also have the right under the Company’s Bylaws to nominate candidates for election as
directors by following the procedures, providing the information, and conforming to the submission
deadlines specified in the Company’s Bylaws. Please see “Questions and Answers about the Proxy
Materials, the Annual Meeting and Voting Procedures: May I propose actions for consideration at
next year’s annual meeting of stockholders or nominate individuals to serve as directors?” for further
information.

Determination of Independence
The Board, which currently consists of seven directors, has determined that six of the seven nominated
directors are independent as defined by the applicable listing and regulatory standards. Specifically, the
Governance and Nominating Committee has reviewed the independence of each director and
determined that Messrs. Carter, Dehne, Schuele, and Sherman, and Ms. King and Ms. Wang, qualify as
independent directors under these standards.

Corporate Governance Guidelines
On an annual basis, the Company reviews its corporate governance practices in light of any changes to
applicable law, the rules of the SEC, and the Nasdaq listing standards. Among other matters, the
Corporate Governance Guidelines include the following requirements:

Two-thirds of the members of the Board must be independent directors as defined in the
Corporate Governance Guidelines.

If the Chairman of the Board is not an independent director, the Board will designate a “lead
independent director.”

Directors shall retire at the age of 75.

The Board will have an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Governance and
Nominating Committee, each of which shall consist solely of independent directors.

The independent directors shall meet in executive session either before or after each regularly
scheduled Board meeting.

In considering stockholder proposals and candidates recommended by stockholders for the
Board, the Governance and Nominating Committee will follow the procedures outlined in the
Corporate Governance Guidelines.

For additional details, see the Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available as Exhibit D to
this proxy and under the Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our website at
investor.cirrus.com.

Board Leadership Structure
The Board is committed to maintaining an independent Board comprised primarily of independent
directors. To enhance the independence of the Board from management, we separated the roles of our
Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Jason Rhode, and Chairman of the Board, Al Schuele. We believe
that this leadership structure demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance and benefits
our stockholders by enhancing the oversight of management by the Board, balancing power on the
Board, and encouraging balanced decision making.

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
Although management is responsible for identifying, assessing, and managing the material risks facing
the Company, the Board plays an ongoing and active role in the oversight of the Company’s risk
management processes, along with the oversight of the most significant strategic and operational risks

faced by the Company and management’s efforts to mitigate those risks. The Board is involved in the
setting of the Company’s business strategy, which necessarily entails a determination of what
constitutes an appropriate level of risk for the Company. In addition, at least annually, the Board
discusses material risks related to the Company’s overall business strategy. Further, the management
team reports to the Board on a quarterly basis the status of its efforts to manage what it believes are the
Company’s most material risks.

Each of the Committees also considers risk within the Committee’s area of responsibility. Our Audit
Committee regularly reviews with management the Company’s major financial and regulatory risk
exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. Also, in
designing our compensation programs and structuring awards, the Compensation Committee considers
whether such compensation programs may lead to undue risk taking. Finally, our Governance and
Nominating Committee oversees risks relating to corporate governance policies and related governance
matters.

Code of Conduct
The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of its directors, officers, and
employees (including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting
officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions). A copy of the Code of Conduct is
available under the Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our website at
investor.cirrus.com. The Code of Conduct, as applied to the Company’s senior financial officers,
constitutes the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and constitutes the Company’s “code of conduct” under the
Nasdaq listing standards.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

Non-employee directors receive a combination of cash and equity-based compensation. Directors who
are employed by the Company do not receive any additional compensation for their Board service.
Independent directors may not receive consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fees from the
Company in addition to their Board compensation.

The following table sets forth the quarterly cash payments paid to non-employee directors for Board
service during the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014:

Director Compensation Retainers
Quarterly Director Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board Chairman Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Chair Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Committee Member Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Committee Chair Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Committee Member Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Governance and Nominating Committee Chair Quarterly Retainer . . . . . .
Governance and Nominating Committee Member Quarterly Retainer
. . .
Lead Independent Director Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,250
$ 8,750
$ 5,000
$ 2,000
$ 3,500
$ 1,750
$ 1,500
$
750
$ 2,500

The Company also reimburses non-employee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred for attending Board and Committee meetings.

In addition to the cash compensation described above, each non-employee director receives equity-
based compensation. Upon re-election to the Board, each non-employee director receives a full value
stock award that vests immediately. In fiscal year 2014, the total number of shares subject to this award
granted to each non-employee director had a fair market value up to $150,000 on the date of grant. For
newly elected non-employee directors, the Company awards an option to purchase shares of common
stock of the Company at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of
grant upon becoming a director, with 25% vesting after one year and the remainder vesting ratably
each month over the following 36 months. The total number of options granted to each newly elected
non-employee director for 2014 had a fair market value of $225,000 on the date of grant.

The following table sets forth the information regarding the cash and equity-based compensation paid
to our non-employee directors for services as members of the Board or any Committee during fiscal
year 2014.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2014

Name

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash (1)
($)
(b)
$ 60,000
$ 69,000
$ 20,275
$ 90,000

(a)
John Carter (4)
Tim Dehne (5)
ChristineKing
Al Schuele(6)
William D.
Sherman (7)
$ 62,000
Susan Wang (8) $ 80,000

Stock Awards (2)
($)

Option Awards (3)
($)

Total

$149,988
$149,988

(d)

$225,000

($)
(h)
209,988
218,988
245,275
239,988

211,988
229,988

$
$
$
$

$
$

(1) Represents fees earned or paid in cash for services as a director during the fiscal year ended

March 29, 2014, including quarterly retainer fees and Committee chairmanship and membership
retainer fees.

(2) On July 30, 2013, upon their re-election as directors at the Company’s 2013 annual meeting of

stockholders, Messrs. Carter, Dehne, Schuele, Sherman, and Ms. Wang, received a full value stock
award that vested immediately upon re-election to the Board having a fair market value of up to
$150,000 on the date of grant. Amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date
fair value of the stock awards granted in fiscal year 2014, computed in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 718.

(3) On October 17, 2014, upon her appointment as a director, Ms. King received an option to purchase
shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the closing price of common stock reported
on Nasdaq on the date of grant. Amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value
of the options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 12 to our consolidated
financial statements in our 2014 Annual Report for additional detail regarding the assumptions
underlying the value of these awards.

(4) At the end of fiscal year 2014, Mr. Carter had 40,000 options outstanding.
(5) At the end of fiscal year 2014, Mr. Dehne had 35,000 options outstanding.
(6) At the end of fiscal year 2014, Mr. Schuele had 19,447 options outstanding.
(7) At the end of fiscal year 2014, Mr. Sherman had no options outstanding.
(8) At the end of fiscal year 2014, Ms. Wang had 25,929 options outstanding.

PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON

Proposal No. 1:

Election of Directors

The Board has approved seven nominees for election to the Board this year. Information regarding the
business experience of each nominee and the particular experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills
that qualify that person to serve as a director of the Company is provided below. All directors are
elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting and until their respective successors are elected,
or until their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among the Company’s
executive officers and directors.

Vote Required
In the election of directors, the seven persons receiving the highest number of “FOR” votes will be
elected.

Director Resignation Policy
Any nominee for director who receives a greater number of “WITHHOLD” votes than “FOR” votes in
an uncontested election of directors shall tender to the Board his or her resignation as a director promptly
following the certification of the election results. For purposes of this policy, (i) an “uncontested”
election is one in which the Secretary determines that the number of nominees does not exceed the
number of directors to be elected as of the date seven days prior to the scheduled mailing date of the
proxy statement for such meeting, and (ii) abstentions and broker non-votes will not be considered as
either “WITHHOLD” votes or “FOR” votes. The Governance and Nominating Committee will consider
any resignation tendered under this policy and recommend to the Board whether to accept or reject it and
the Board will act on such resignation, taking into account the Governance and Nominating Committee’s
recommendation, within 90 days following the certification of the election results. The Governance and
Nominating Committee in making its recommendation, and the Board in making its decision, may
consider any information it deems appropriate including without limitation any reasons given by
stockholders for their “WITHHOLD” votes, the qualifications of the Director, and his or her
contributions to the Board and the Company. The Board will promptly disclose publicly its decision to
accept or reject such a resignation and, if rejected, the reasons for doing so.

Information about Nominees

JOHN C. CARTER
Director since 2009
Mr. Carter, age 59, is currently a Principal at TCGen, which is a management consulting and advisory
services firm that Mr. Carter founded in 2002 and is located in Menlo Park, California. Between
November 2007 and January 2008, Mr. Carter was an Executive in Residence at Vantage Point
Venture Partners, a venture capital firm in San Bruno, California, where he assisted in the management
of several portfolio companies. Mr. Carter also served as Chief Technical Officer at Klipsch Group, a
manufacturer of speakers in Indianapolis, Indiana, between February 2005 and October 2007.
Mr. Carter began his career as an engineer at Bose Corporation in 1978, later becoming its Chief
Engineer. Mr. Carter holds a B.S. in Engineering from Harvey Mudd College in Claremont, CA, and a
Master’s in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Mr. Carter’s extensive management
experience with companies in the consumer audio market along with his knowledge of that market, in
addition to his background in venture and private equity investment transactions, make him well
qualified to be on the Board. Mr. Carter also has relevant prior engineering and technical experiences
in the markets we serve.

TIMOTHY R. DEHNE
Director since 2009
Mr. Dehne, age 48, is currently the Vice President of Engineering for Briggo, Inc., a privately held
corporation in Austin, Texas. Prior to this position, he served as the Vice President, Global Marketing,
at Luminex Corporation between May 2012 and August 2013, an Austin-based company that develops,
manufactures, and markets innovative biological testing technologies with applications throughout the
life science and diagnostic industries. Prior to his appointment to Vice President, Global Marketing,
Mr. Dehne held the position of Vice President of Systems Research and Development, a position he
held between July 2009 and May 2012. He previously worked at National Instruments Corporation, an
Austin-based supplier of measurement and automation products used by engineers and scientists in a
wide range of industries. Mr. Dehne spent over 21 years at National Instruments Corporation where he
held many leadership positions while helping to significantly grow the Company to more than 4,000
employees and over $800 million in annual revenue. At National Instruments Corporation, he held the
position of Senior Vice President, Research & Development. Prior to his role as Senior Vice President,
Research & Development at National Instruments Corporation, Mr. Dehne served in various executive
positions in marketing and engineering. Mr. Dehne holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Rice
University and serves on the Board of Directors for Asset Intertech, a privately held company, where
he also is Chairman of its Compensation Committee.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Mr. Dehne is well qualified to be on the
Board based on his extensive leadership experience in all aspects of managing a high technology
company in Austin, Texas, and his unique insight into significantly growing revenues at a high
technology company while maintaining an innovative corporate culture and a great work environment.
His leadership skills, experience in creating and capturing business opportunities, and experience in
scaling up a business to enable growth are valuable to the Company and the Board.

CHRISTINE KING
Director Since October 2013
Ms. King, age 65, was formerly a director and President and Chief Executive Officer of Standard
Microsystems Corporation, an analog and mixed signal semiconductor provider for the consumer
electronic, automotive, and industrial markets, from October 2008 until August 2012. From September
2001 until March 2008, Ms. King served as President and Chief Executive Officer of AMI
Semiconductor, Inc. Prior to that, Ms. King spent over 23 years at International Business Machines
Corporation in various management roles, including her last assignment as Vice President of
Semiconductor Solutions. Ms. King currently serves as a director of IDACORP, Inc., and its principal
operating subsidiary Idaho Power Company. She also currently serves on the Board of Directors of
QLogic Corporation, a supplier of high performance network infrastructure products that provide,
enhance, and manage computer data communication, and Skyworks Solutions, Inc., a supplier of high
performance analog semiconductors. She previously served on the boards of AMI Semiconductor, Inc.
from 2003 until its acquisition by ON Semiconductor Corporation in March 2008; ON Semiconductor
Corporation from March 2008 until October 2008; Analog Devices, Inc. from June 2003 to March
2008; and Atheros Communications from April 2008 until its acquisition in May 2011.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Ms. King’s senior management and
operational experience in a number of high technology and semiconductor companies, prior Board
service, and knowledge of the semiconductor industry provide the Board with significant financial,
strategic, and operational expertise.

JASON P. RHODE
Director since 2007
Dr. Rhode, age 44, was appointed President and CEO, and a director of the Company in May 2007.
Dr. Rhode joined the Company in 1995 and served in various engineering positions until he became
Director of Marketing for analog and mixed-signal products in November 2002. He was appointed
Vice President, General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Products, in December 2004, a role he served
in until his appointment as President and CEO. Dr. Rhode holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from
San Diego State University, as well as M.S. and doctorate degrees in Electrical Engineering from
North Carolina State University.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Dr. Rhode’s prior experience as a
semiconductor designer and his current role as CEO of the Company make him well qualified to be on
the Board based on his detailed and unique knowledge of the Company’s operations, opportunities, and
challenges. In addition, the Governance and Nominating Committee believes that having Dr. Rhode
serve on the Board helps to bridge the gap between the Board and management, to facilitate the regular
flow of information between management and the Board, and to ensure that the Board and
management act with a common purpose to execute our strategic initiatives and business plans.

ALAN R. SCHUELE
Director Since 2011
Mr. Schuele, age 68, has been a general partner since 2000 with Sevin Rosen Funds, a high tech
venture capital firm. While at Sevin Rosen Funds, Mr. Schuele led the investments in a number of
semiconductor companies, including Cicada Semiconductor (acquired by Vitesse), Zilker Labs and
D2Audio Corporation (both acquired by Intersil), and Javelin Semiconductor (acquired by Avago
Technologies, Ltd.). Prior to working at Sevin Rosen, he was Chief Executive Officer of Benchmarq
Microelectronics and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Unitrode Corporation after its
merger with Benchmarq. Over his nearly 30-year career in the semiconductor industry, he has held
various executive and sales management positions in several semiconductor companies including the
Company, Crystal Semiconductor, Cypress Semiconductor, and Mostek. Mr. Schuele was also
previously a director at InfoNow Corp., a leading provider of SaaS-based channel management
solutions, where he served as a director between 2008 and November 2011.

In addition to Mr. Schuele’s extensive executive management and sales experience at semiconductor
companies, he has played key roles in major mergers and acquisitions and has worked extensively in
Asian markets.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that these experiences, along with his experience
in advising entrepreneurs on how to turn their emerging technologies into winning companies, make
him well qualified to contribute strategic, operational, and industry expertise to the Board.

WILLIAM D. SHERMAN
Director since 2001
Mr. Sherman, age 71, is a former partner of the law firm of Morrison & Foerster LLP, where he
worked between 1987 and December 2013. He specialized in corporate and corporate securities
practice. He has extensive experience working with public companies, the SEC, and the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers.
Mr. Sherman is also a recognized specialist on corporate governance matters by way of his
representation of various public and private companies, and he regularly participates in panel
discussions on executive compensation and corporate governance topics. In 1972, Mr. Sherman
received a law degree from the University of California – Berkeley, School of Law, and an MBA
degree from the Haas School of Business at the University of California – Berkeley.

During his tenure with Morrison & Foerster LLP, Mr. Sherman had extensive experience with the
legal, regulatory, and governance issues faced by a public company. The Governance and Nominating
Committee believes that his background and experience position him to contribute significant
corporate governance expertise to the Board and to serve as Chairman of the Company’s Governance
and Nominating Committee.

SUSAN WANG
Director Since 2011
Ms. Wang, age 63, retired in February 2002 from her position as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Solectron Corporation, a worldwide provider of electronics manufacturing
services, where she served in various management positions from 1984 until the time of her retirement.
Ms. Wang is currently a director at Nektar Therapeutics, a biopharmaceutical company, and Premier,
Inc., a healthcare performance improvement alliance. In addition, Ms. Wang served as a director of
Suntech Power Holdings Co., Ltd., a solar energy company, from 2009 to 2013; Calpine Corporation,
an independent power generation company, from 2003 to 2008; Avanex Corporation, a
telecommunications component and sub-systems provider, from 2002 to 2009; Rae Systems Inc., a
developer of sensory technology for hazardous materials, from 2009 to 2010; and Altera Corporation, a
programmable semiconductor company, from 2003 to 2013. Ms. Wang holds an M.B.A. from the
University of Connecticut and a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Texas.

Ms. Wang has extensive executive management, board, and audit committee experience at public and
private companies within the technology industry. The Governance and Nominating Committee
believes that these experiences, along with her financial expertise, her knowledge of manufacturing
and supply chains, her familiarity with acquisitions and integrations, and her international experience
make her well qualified to provide valuable insights to the Board and to serve a role in the oversight of
our financial reporting and accounting practices as Chair of the Audit Committee.

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the election to the Board of each of the foregoing
nominees.

Proposal No. 2:

Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm

The Audit Committee has appointed Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) as the Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2015. During the fiscal year that ended March 29,
2014, Ernst & Young served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and also
provided certain tax services.

The Audit Committee pre-approves and reviews all audit and non-audit services provided by Ernst &
Young. In considering the services to be provided by Ernst & Young, the Audit Committee considers
whether the provision of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of
Ernst & Young.

For additional information relating to the Audit Committee, see the Report of the Audit Committee of
the Board on page 58 of this proxy statement, as well as the Audit Committee Charter, which is
included as Exhibit B to this proxy statement. The charter is also available under the Corporate
Governance section of our “Investors” page on our website at investor.cirrus.com.

A representative of Ernst & Young is expected to attend the Annual Meeting and be available to
respond to questions and, if he or she desires, to make a statement.

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young as
the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
March 28, 2015.

If the appointment is not ratified, the Audit Committee will consider this an indication to select other
auditors for the following fiscal year. Ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young as the
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending March 28, 2015,
requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of common stock present or represented by
proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Proposal No. 3:

Advisory Vote to Approve the Compensation of Named Executive Officers

Section 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 enables our stockholders to vote to approve, on an
advisory, non-binding basis, the compensation of the Named Executive Officers as disclosed in this
proxy statement in accordance with the rules of the SEC. This vote is advisory, and, therefore, not
binding on the Company, the Compensation Committee, or the Board. However, the Board and the
Compensation Committee value the opinions of our stockholders and to the extent there is a significant
vote against the compensation of the Named Executive Officers as disclosed in this proxy statement,
we will consider our stockholders’ concerns, and the Compensation Committee will evaluate whether
any actions are necessary to address those concerns.

As described in detail under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” at page 33, our
executive compensation program is designed to attract, motivate, and retain executive officers, while
aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. Under this program, our executive officers are
rewarded for the achievement of strategic and operational objectives and the realization of increased
stockholder value. Please read the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the accompanying
compensation tables of this proxy statement for additional information about our executive
compensation program, including information about the compensation of the Named Executive
Officers for fiscal year 2014.

The Compensation Committee regularly reviews our executive compensation program to ensure that it
achieves the desired goal of aligning our executive compensation structure with the interests of our
stockholders and current market practices. We believe our executive compensation program is well
designed, appropriately aligns executive pay with Company performance, and has demonstrated that it
incentivizes desirable behavior from our executives. Therefore, we are asking our stockholders to
indicate their support for the compensation of the Named Executive Officers as described in this proxy
statement. This proposal, commonly known as a “Say-on-Pay” proposal, gives our stockholders the
opportunity to express their views on the compensation of the Named Executive Officers. Please note
that this vote is not intended to address any specific item of compensation, but rather the overall
compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the philosophy, policies and practices described in
this proxy statement.

We ask our stockholders to vote “FOR” the following resolution at the Annual Meeting:

“RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the company’s Named Executive Officers, as
disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and
Analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion, is hereby APPROVED.”

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the approval of the compensation of the Company’s
Named Executive Officers, as disclosed in this proxy statement.

Proposal No. 4:

Approval of the Amendment to, and the Restatement of, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan

Background and Purpose of the Proposal

The Board originally adopted the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on May 10,
2006, subject to stockholder approval, and the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan on July 28,
2006. Effective February 14, 2007, the Board approved an amendment to the Plan to provide a
minimum vesting requirement for awards under the Plan other than options and stock appreciation
rights (“Full-Value Awards”) under the Plan. At the Annual Meeting, stockholders will be asked to
approve the Second Amendment to, and the restatement of, the Plan, which was approved by the Board
on May 23, 2014 and which is included as Exhibit E to this proxy statement. If approved by the
Company’s stockholders at the meeting, the Second Amendment will become effective July 28, 2014.

Summary of the Second Amendment to, and Restatement of, the Plan

The use of stock-based awards under the Plan continues to be a key element of the Company’s
compensation program. The purpose of the Second Amendment is to (i) increase the number of shares
of common stock that the Company may issue under the Plan by 3,300,000 shares, from 17,000,000
shares to 20,300,000 shares, (ii) extend the term of the Plan by changing the final date on which
awards may be granted under the Amended Plan from July 28, 2016 to July 28, 2024, (iii) revise the
share counting provisions of the Plan so that shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations are
counted in full against the number of shares available for award under the Plan, but awards settled in
cash are not counted against the number of shares available for award under the Plan, (iv) eliminate the
minimum vesting periods for Full-Value Awards added in the First Amendment to the Plan, (v) specify
that dividends or dividend equivalents will not be paid to holders of performance awards that are
unvested or unearned and that dividends paid with respect to shares of restricted stock that are
performance awards will be accrued and paid out only upon vesting of the performance award, and
(vi) make some minor administrative and legal updates. As of March 29, 2014, 2,313,971 shares
associated with RSUs and RSAs were expected to vest, and there were 3,527,765 options vested and
unvested. No other equity awards were outstanding under the Plan as of such date. Of the 17,000,000
shares currently authorized for issuance under the Plan, there remain 3,547,075 shares available for
grant.

The Plan is a broad-based plan under which the Company grants awards to its current and prospective
employees, including officers, and its directors. The Company continues to believe that its long-term
interests are best advanced by aligning the interests of its nonemployee directors and key employees
with the interests of its stockholders. Therefore, to attract, retain and motivate nonemployee directors,
officers and key management employees of exceptional abilities and, in recognition of the significant
contributions to the long-term performance and growth of the Company and its subsidiaries made by
these individuals, the Board has adopted the Second Amendment to, and a restatement of, the Plan,
subject to stockholder approval. Approval of the Second Amendment will permit the Company to
continue to use stock-based compensation to align stockholder and employee interests and to motivate
employees and others providing services to the Company or any subsidiary. While the Board is
cognizant of the potential dilutive effect of compensatory stock awards, it also recognizes the
significant motivational and performance benefits that are achieved from making such awards. The
Board determined that an increase of 3,300,000 shares was appropriate based on a number of factors,
including: the current number of shares available under the Plan, the number of shares that remain
subject to outstanding options and restricted stock units, the potential dilutive effects on the
Company’s stockholders, the Company’s historical annual burn rates, and the anticipated future needs
for equity to be able to attract and retain key employees and members of our leadership team.

Assuming the presence of a quorum, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present, in person
or by proxy, to vote at the Annual Meeting is necessary for approval of the Second Amendment to, and
restatement of, the Plan.

Consequences of Failing to Approve the Proposal

Failure of the Company’s stockholders to approve this Proposal will not affect the rights of existing
award holders under the Plan or under any previously granted awards under the Plan; however, the
Company may be required to reevaluate its compensation structure since adequate shares may not be
available for grant in the future.

Summary of the Amended Plan

The following summary of the Plan, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment
(the “Amended Plan”) does not purport to be a complete description of all provisions of the Amended
Plan and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete
text of the amended and restated Plan, which is attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit E. The
Amended Plan gives the Compensation Committee the ability to award stock options, stock
appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock (“Restricted Stock Awards”), restricted stock units
(referred to as “Phantom Stock Awards” in the Plan) (“Restricted Stock Units”), bonus stock, and
performance awards. Unless earlier terminated by action of the Board, the Amended Plan will
terminate on July 28, 2024. Awards granted prior to the termination date of the Amended Plan will
continue to be effective in accordance with their terms and conditions.

Persons Who May Participate. Employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its affiliates
are eligible to receive an award under the Amended Plan. Only individuals who are employees of the
Company or one of its corporate subsidiaries are eligible to receive Incentive Options (defined below).
The Compensation Committee determines in its discretion which eligible persons will receive awards
under the Amended Plan.

Shares Subject to the Amended Plan. Subject to stockholder approval of the Second Amendment to
the Plan and the adjustments described below, the total aggregate number of shares of common stock
that may be subject to awards under the Amended Plan, since the inception of the Plan, is 20,300,000
shares. The shares issued pursuant to awards under the Amended Plan may be authorized and unissued
shares or shares that the Company reacquired, including shares purchased in the open market. To the
extent that a share of common stock is subject to an outstanding Full-Value Award, that award will
reduce the aggregate share limit by 1.5 shares of common stock. To the extent that a share of common
stock is subject to an outstanding award other than a Full-Value Award, the award reduces the
aggregate share limit by one share of common stock. Shares withheld to satisfy any tax withholding
obligation are counted in full against the number of shares available for award under the Plan. Awards
that are settled in cash or are canceled or forfeited are not counted against the aggregate share limit and
will be available for issuance pursuant to additional awards granted under the Amended Plan.

No participant may be granted awards intended to comply with Section 162(m) under the Amended
Plan covering more than 400,000 shares in any one calendar year, subject to certain anti-dilution and
other adjustments. The maximum amount of compensation that may be paid under all performance
awards denominated in cash (including the fair market value of any shares of common stock paid in
satisfaction of such performance awards) granted to any one individual during any calendar year may
not exceed $5,000,000.

Administration. The Amended Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or another
Committee of two or more directors selected by the Board who are “outside directors” as defined in
Section 162(m) and “Non-Employee directors” as defined in SEC Rule 16b-3. Subject to the

provisions of the Amended Plan, the Compensation Committee has the power to (i) determine which
employees, consultants, or directors receive an award, the time or times when such award will be
made, and the type, value and amount of the award that will be granted, (ii) construe the Amended Plan
and the respective agreements executed under the Plan, (iii) prescribe rules and regulations relating to
the Amended Plan, (iv) determine the terms, restrictions, and provisions of the agreements relating to
each award, and (v) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for administering the
Amended Plan.

Awards under the Amended Plan.
Stock Options. Options granted under the Amended Plan may be either incentive stock options
qualifying under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 422 (“Incentive Option”) or options that are
not intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“Nonstatutory Option”). Under the terms of the
Amended Plan, the exercise price for any stock option must be equal to or greater than the fair market
value of common stock on the date of grant and, if granted to a participant who owns stock possessing
more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, must be equal to
or greater than 110% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Options may not
be granted with a term in excess of ten years (five years, in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a
participant owning more than 10% of the Company’s voting power). Otherwise, the Compensation
Committee has discretion to determine the number of shares subject to an option (subject to the
Amended Plan’s stated limits), the vesting, expiration and forfeiture provisions for options, the
restrictions on transferability of an option, and any other terms and conditions otherwise consistent
with the Amended Plan. The exercise price of an option may be paid through various means acceptable
to the Compensation Committee, including in cash or, to the extent allowed by the Compensation
Committee, by delivering previously owned shares, by withholding shares deliverable upon the
exercise of the option or by delivering to the Company the proceeds from the sale of shares of the
Company’s stock issuable under an option. Other than in connection with a change in the Company’s
capitalization or a reorganization (as outlined in more detail in the Amended Plan), the Amended Plan
prohibits repricing stock options or the repurchase of underwater options for cash without stockholder
approval.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right or SAR provides the right to the monetary
equivalent of the increase in the value of a specified number of the Company’s shares over a specified
period of time after the right is granted. SARs may be paid in stock, cash or a combination thereof.
SARs may be granted either in tandem with or as a component of other awards granted under the
Amended Plan or not in conjunction with other awards and may, but need not, relate to a specific
option. SARs are generally subject to the same terms and limitations as options or, when granted
tandem to other awards, to the same terms as those other awards.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Award is an award of shares,
and a Restricted Stock Unit award is an award of units that represent the right to receive, at settlement,
a number of shares or the cash value of a number of shares, in each case, the grant, issuance, retention
and/or vesting of which is subject to such performance and other conditions as are specified by the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has discretion to determine the terms of any
Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit award, including the number of shares subject to such
award (subject to the Amended Plan’s stated limits), the price (if any) paid for shares subject to a
Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Units, and the minimum period over which a Restricted
Stock Award or Restricted Stock Units may vest or be settled. Participants holding shares subject to a
Restricted Stock Award may exercise full voting rights with respect to the shares during the restriction
period and will be entitled to receive all dividend and other distributions with respect to the shares,
subject to any requirement imposed by the Compensation Committee that such dividend or distribution

amounts be reinvested in additional shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award or remain subject to the
same restrictions as the Restricted Stock Award. Holders of Restricted Stock Units will be entitled to
receive dividend equivalents only to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee.

Performance Award Units. The Amended Plan authorizes the grant of performance award units,
pursuant to which participants are awarded bonus opportunities that are paid contingent upon the
achievement of performance criteria specified by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation
Committee has discretion to determine the terms of any performance award unit, including the
maximum amount payable (subject to the Amended Plan’s stated limits), the performance period
(which is generally at least one year), the performance criteria (which may be based on financial
performance and/or personal performance evaluations) and level of achievement versus these criteria,
the timing of any payment, restrictions on a performance award unit prior to actual payment, forfeiture
provisions, and any other terms and conditions consistent with the Amended Plan. The Compensation
Committee may specify the percentage of the target performance award unit that is intended to satisfy
the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) using “qualifying
performance criteria” described below. Performance award units are payable in cash or shares of
common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion,
may provide for an adjustable performance award value based upon the level of achievement of
performance measures. Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares
issued under or the amount paid under an award may, to the extent specified in the award agreement,
be reduced by the Compensation Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the
Compensation Committee in its sole discretion shall determine.

Qualifying Performance Criteria. Qualifying performance criteria will be based upon (1) the price of a
share of common stock, (2) the Company’s earnings per share, (3) the Company’s market share, (4) the
market share of a business unit of the Company designated by the Compensation Committee, (5) the
Company’s sales, (6) the sales of a business unit of the Company designated by the Compensation
Committee, (7) the net income (before or after taxes) of the Company or any business unit of the
Company designated by the Compensation Committee, (8) the cash flow return on investment of the
Company or any business unit of the Company designated by the Compensation Committee, (9) the
earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization of the Company or any
business unit of the Company designated by the Compensation Committee, (10) the economic value
added, (11) the return on stockholders’ equity achieved by the Company, (12) the total stockholders’
return achieved by the Company, or (13) a combination of any of the foregoing.

Bonus Stock. Each bonus stock award constitutes a transfer of unrestricted common shares on such
terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee determines. Bonus stock awards will be made in
shares of common stock and need not be subject to performance criteria or objectives or to forfeiture.
The purchase price, if any, for common stock issued in connection with a bonus stock award will be
determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion.

Transferability. Unless otherwise provided for by the Compensation Committee, awards under the
Amended Plan are generally only transferable by the will or laws of descent and distribution or
pursuant to a domestic relations order entered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction. The
Compensation Committee does have the discretion to permit the transfer of an award (other than an
Incentive Option) under certain other circumstances.

Tax Withholding. A participant must satisfy any applicable federal, state, local or foreign tax
withholding obligations that arise due to an award made under the Amended Plan, and the
Compensation Committee will not be required to issue any shares or make any payment until the
participant satisfies those obligations in a manner satisfactory to the Company. The Compensation
Committee may permit tax withholding obligations to be satisfied by having the Company withhold a

portion of the cash or shares that would otherwise be issued to the participant under an award or by
allowing the participant to tender previously acquired shares.

Corporate Change and Other Adjustments. The Amended Plan provides that, upon a Corporate
Change (as defined in the Amended Plan), the Compensation Committee may accelerate the vesting of
options, cancel options and cause the Company to make payments in respect thereof in cash, or adjust
the outstanding options as appropriate to reflect such Corporate Change (including, without limitation,
adjusting an option to provide that the number and class of shares of common stock covered by such
option will be adjusted so that the option will thereafter cover securities of the surviving or acquiring
corporation or other property (including cash) as determined by the Compensation Committee). Upon
the occurrence of a Corporate Change, the Compensation Committee may adjust the outstanding
Restricted Stock Awards as appropriate to reflect such Corporate Change or fully vest such outstanding
Restricted Stock Awards and, upon such vesting, all restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock
will terminate. Further, upon the occurrence of a Corporate Change, the Compensation Committee may
adjust the outstanding performance awards or Restricted Stock Units as appropriate to reflect such
Corporate Change, or cancel any of such outstanding awards and cause the Company to make
payments in respect thereof in cash, which payments will be prorated in the event that the applicable
performance or vesting period with respect to such awards has not been completed.

The maximum number of shares that are intended to comply with Section 162(m) and may be issued
under the Amended Plan, and the maximum number of shares that may be issued to any one individual
and the other individual award limitations, as well as the number and price of shares of common stock
or other consideration subject to an award under the Amended Plan, will be appropriately adjusted by
the Compensation Committee in the event of changes in the outstanding common stock by reason of
recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, split-ups, split-offs, spin-
offs, exchanges or other relevant changes in capitalization or distributions to the holders of common
stock occurring after an award is granted.

Amendment and Termination. The Board may from time to time amend, alter, or terminate the
Amended Plan; however, any change that would impair the rights of a participant with respect to an
award theretofore granted will require the participant’s consent. Further, without the prior approval of
our stockholders, the Board may not amend the Amended Plan to change the class of eligible
individuals, increase the number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Amended
Plan, or amend or delete the provisions of the Amended Plan that prevent the Compensation
Committee from amending any outstanding option contract to lower the option price or paying cash for
underwater options.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following discussion is for general information only and is intended to summarize briefly the U.S.
federal tax consequences to participants arising from participation in the Amended Plan. This
description is based on current law, which is subject to change (possibly retroactively). The tax
treatment of participants in the Amended Plan may vary depending on the particular situation and
therefore may be subject to special rules not discussed below. No attempt has been made to discuss any
potential foreign, state or local tax consequences.

Incentive Options; Nonstatutory Options; SARs. Participants will not realize taxable income upon the
grant of a Nonstatutory Option or an SAR. Upon the exercise of a Nonstatutory Option or SAR, a
participant will recognize ordinary compensation income (subject to withholding) in an amount equal
to the excess of (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of common stock received, over
(ii) the exercise price (if any) paid therefore.

A participant will generally have a tax basis in any shares of common stock received pursuant to the
exercise of an SAR, or pursuant to the cash exercise of a Nonstatutory Option, that equals the fair
market value of such shares on the date of exercise. Subject to the discussion under “Federal Income
Tax Consequences – Tax Code Limitations on Deductibility” below, the Company or its subsidiary (as
applicable) will be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes that corresponds as to timing
and amount with the compensation income recognized by a participant under the foregoing rules.

Participants eligible to receive an Incentive Option will not recognize taxable income on the grant of an
Incentive Option. Upon the exercise of an Incentive Option, a participant will not recognize taxable
income, although the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock received upon
exercise of the Incentive Option (“ISO Stock”) over the exercise price will increase the alternative
minimum taxable income of the participant, which may cause such participant to incur alternative
minimum tax. The payment of any alternative minimum tax attributable to the exercise of an Incentive
Option would be allowed as a credit against the participant’s regular tax liability in a later year to the
extent the participant’s regular tax liability is in excess of the alternative minimum tax for that year.

Upon the disposition of ISO Stock that has been held for the requisite holding period (generally, at least
two years from the date of grant and more than one year from the date of exercise of the Incentive
Option), a participant will generally recognize capital gain (or loss) equal to the excess (or shortfall) of
the amount received in the disposition over the exercise price paid by the participant for the ISO Stock.
However, if a participant disposes of ISO Stock that has not been held for the requisite holding period (a
“Disqualifying Disposition”), the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in the year of
the Disqualifying Disposition in an amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the ISO
Stock at the time of exercise of the Incentive Option (or, if less, the amount realized in the case of an
arm’s-length disposition to an unrelated party) exceeds the exercise price paid by the participant for such
ISO Stock. A participant would also recognize capital gain to the extent the amount realized in the
Disqualifying Disposition exceeds the fair market value of the ISO Stock on the exercise date. If the
exercise price paid for the ISO Stock exceeds the amount realized (in the case of an arm’s-length
disposition to an unrelated party), such excess would ordinarily constitute a capital loss.

Generally, the Company will not be entitled to any federal income tax deduction upon the grant or
exercise of an Incentive Option, unless a participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of the ISO
Stock. If a participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition, the Company will then, subject to the
discussion below under “Federal Income Tax Consequences – Tax Code Limitations on Deductibility,”
be entitled to a tax deduction that corresponds as to timing and amount with the compensation income
recognized by a participant under the rules described in the preceding paragraph.

Under current rulings, if a participant transfers previously held shares of common stock (other than
ISO Stock that has not been held for the requisite holding period) in satisfaction of part or all of the
exercise price of a Nonstatutory Option or Incentive Option, no additional gain will be recognized on
the transfer of such previously held shares in satisfaction of the Nonstatutory Option or Incentive
Option exercise price (although a participant would still recognize ordinary compensation income upon
exercise of an Nonstatutory Option in the manner described above). Moreover, that number of shares
of common stock received upon exercise which equals the number of shares of previously held
common stock surrendered therefore in satisfaction of the Nonstatutory Option or Incentive Option
exercise price will have a tax basis that equals, and a capital gains holding period that includes, the tax
basis and capital gains holding period of the previously held shares of common stock surrendered in
satisfaction of the Nonstatutory Option or Incentive Option exercise price. Any additional shares of
common stock received upon exercise will have a tax basis that equals the amount of cash (if any) paid
by the participant, plus the amount of compensation income recognized by the participant under the
rules described above.

The Amended Plan allows the Compensation Committee to permit the transfer of awards in limited
circumstances. See “Summary of the Amended Plan – Transferability.” For income and gift tax
purposes, certain transfers of Nonstatutory Options and SARs generally should be treated as completed
gifts, subject to gift taxation.

The IRS has not provided formal guidance on the income tax consequences of a transfer of
Nonstatutory Options (other than in the context of divorce) or SARs. However, the IRS has informally
indicated that after a transfer of stock options (other than in the context of divorce pursuant to a
domestic relations order), the transferor will recognize income, which will be subject to withholding,
and FICA/FUTA taxes will be collectible at the time the transferee exercises the stock options.

In addition, if a participant transfers a vested Nonstatutory Option to another person and retains no
interest in or power over it, the transfer is treated as a completed gift. The amount of the transferor’s
gift (or generation-skipping transfer, if the gift is to a grandchild or later generation) equals the value of
the Nonstatutory Option at the time of the gift. The value of the Nonstatutory Option may be affected
by several factors, including the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the
stock, the potential for future appreciation or depreciation of the stock, the time period of the
Nonstatutory Option and the illiquidity of the Nonstatutory Option. The transferor will be subject to a
federal gift tax, which will be limited by (i) the annual exclusion of $14,000 (for 2014) per donee,
(ii) the transferor’s lifetime exclusion, or (iii) the marital or charitable deduction rules. The gifted
Nonstatutory Option will not be included in the participant’s gross estate for purposes of the federal
estate tax or the generation-skipping transfer tax.

This favorable tax treatment for vested Nonstatutory Options has not been extended to unvested
Nonstatutory Options. Whether such consequences apply to unvested Nonstatutory Options is
uncertain, and the gift tax implications of such a transfer are a risk the transferor will bear upon such a
disposition. The IRS has not specifically addressed the tax consequences of a transfer of SARs.

Restricted Stock Awards; Restricted Stock Units; Cash Awards. A participant will recognize ordinary
compensation income upon receipt of cash pursuant to a cash award or, if earlier, at the time the cash is
otherwise made available for the participant to draw upon. A participant will not have taxable income
at the time of grant of a stock award in the form of Restricted Stock Units denominated in common
stock, but rather, will generally recognize ordinary compensation income at the time he receives cash
or common stock in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units in an amount equal to the cash or the fair
market value of common stock received. In general, a participant will recognize ordinary compensation
income as a result of the receipt of common stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award in an amount
equal to the fair market value of common stock when such stock is received; provided that, if the stock
is not transferable and is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture when received, a participant will
recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of common stock
(i) when the common stock first becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture, in cases where a participant does not make an valid election under Section 83(b) of the IRC,
or (ii) when common stock is received, in cases where a participant makes a valid election under
Section 83(b) of the IRC.

A participant will be subject to withholding for federal, and generally for state and local, income taxes
at the time he recognizes income under the rules described above with respect to common stock or cash
received. Dividends that are received by a participant prior to the time that common stock is taxed to
the participant under the rules described in the preceding paragraph are taxed as additional
compensation, not as dividend income. The tax basis in common stock received by a participant will
equal the amount recognized by him as compensation income under the rules described in the
preceding paragraph, and the participant’s capital gains holding period in those shares will commence
on the later of the date the shares are received or the restrictions lapse.

Subject to the discussion immediately below, the Company or one of its subsidiaries (as applicable)
will be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes that corresponds as to timing and
amount with the compensation income recognized by a participant under the foregoing rules.

Tax Code Limitations on Deductibility. In order for the amounts described above to be deductible,
such amounts must constitute reasonable compensation for services rendered or to be rendered and
must be ordinary and necessary business expenses.

The Company’s ability (or the ability of one of its subsidiaries, as applicable) to obtain a deduction for
future payments under the Amended Plan could also be limited by the golden parachute payment rules
of Section 280G of the IRC, which prevent the deductibility of certain excess parachute payments
made in connection with a change in control of an employer-corporation.

Finally, the Company’s ability (or the ability of one of its subsidiaries, as applicable) to obtain a
deduction for amounts paid under the Amended Plan could be limited by Section 162(m), which limits
the deductibility, for federal income tax purposes, of compensation paid to Covered Employees of a
publicly traded corporation to $1,000,000 with respect to any such officer during any taxable year of
the corporation. However, an exception applies to this limitation in the case of certain performance-
based compensation. In order to exempt performance-based compensation from the $1,000,000
deductibility limitation, the grant or vesting of the award relating to the compensation must be based
on the satisfaction of one or more performance goals as selected by the Compensation Committee.
Performance-based awards intended to comply with Section 162(m) may not be granted in a given
period if such awards relate to shares of common stock which exceed a specified limitation or,
alternatively, the performance-based awards may not result in compensation, for a participant, in a
given period which exceeds a specified limitation. If the Amended Plan is approved at the Annual
Meeting, a participant who receives an award or awards intended to satisfy the performance-based
exception to the $1,000,000 deductibility limitation may not receive performance-based awards
relating to more than 400,000 shares of common stock or, with respect to awards denominated in cash,
$5,000,000, in any given fiscal year. Although the Amended Plan has been drafted to satisfy the
requirements for the performance-based compensation exception, the Company may determine that it
is in its best interests not to satisfy the requirements for the exception. See “Summary of the Amended
Plan – Awards under the Amended Plan – Performance Award Units” and “Summary of the Amended
Plan – Awards under the Amended Plan – Qualifying Performance Criteria.”

New Plan Benefits

A summary of the material features of the Amended Plan, including the class of persons eligible to
participate therein and the number of persons in such class, is included above under the title “Summary
of Amended Plan.”

The awards, if any, that will be made to eligible persons under the Amended Plan are subject to the
discretion of the Compensation Committee and, thus, the Company cannot currently determine the
benefits or number of shares subject to awards that may be granted in the future to its executive
officers, employees and directors under the Amended Plan. Therefore, the New Plan Benefits Table is
not provided.

The Company made its annual equity awards under the Plan for fiscal year 2014 to the Named
Executive Officers, nonemployee directors, and to its other eligible employees. The grants to the
Named Executive Officers are reflected in the “Fiscal Year 2014 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table
that can be found on page 48 of this proxy statement. The fiscal year 2014 grant to the nonemployee
directors is reflected in the Director Compensation Table on page 14. The fiscal year 2014 grants do
not qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).

Vote Required and Board Recommendation

Approval of the Second Amendment to the Plan, which (i) increases the number of shares of common
stock that the Company may issue under the Plan by 3,300,000 shares, from 17,000,000 shares to
20,300,000 shares, (ii) extends the term of the Plan by changing the final date on which awards may be
granted under the Amended Plan from July 28, 2016 to July 28, 2024, (iii) revises the share counting
provisions of the plan so that shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations are counted in full
against the number of shares available for award under the Plan but awards settled in cash are not
counted against the number of shares available for award under the Plan, (iv) eliminates the minimum
vesting periods for Full-Value Awards added in the First Amendment to the Plan, (v) specifies that
dividends or dividend equivalents will not be paid to holders of performance awards that are unvested
or unearned and that dividends paid with respect to shares of restricted stock that are performance
awards will be accrued and paid out only upon vesting of the performance award, and (vi) makes some
minor administrative and legal updates, requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
total number of shares of common stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the
matter. Unless marked to the contrary, proxies received will be voted FOR approval. The Board
believes strongly that the approval of the Second Amendment to the Plan is essential to the Company’s
continued success. For the reasons stated above, the stockholders are being asked to approve this
Proposal.

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the approval of the amendment to, and the restatement of,
the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

Proposal No. 5:

Approval of Material Terms of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, for
Purposes of Complying with the Requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Background and Purpose of the Proposal

In addition to the Amendment and Restatement of the Plan, the Board is also requesting that
stockholders reapprove the material terms of the Amended Plan so that certain designated awards
under the Amended Plan qualify for exemption from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m). As
discussed in Proposal No. 4 above, under Section 162(m), the federal income tax deductibility of
compensation paid to the CEO and three other most highly compensated officers (other than the CEO
or the Company’s Chief Financial Officer) determined pursuant to the executive compensation
disclosure rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Covered Employees”) may be limited to
the extent such compensation exceeds $1,000,000 in any taxable year. However, the Company may
deduct compensation paid to its Covered Employees in excess of that amount if it qualifies as
“performance-based compensation” as defined in Section 162(m). In addition to certain other
requirements, in order for awards under the Amended Plan to constitute “performance-based
compensation,” the material terms of the Amended Plan must be disclosed to and approved by the
Company’s stockholders no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year
following the year in which stockholders previously approved the Plan, or at the time of a material
amendment to the plan, whichever occurs first. Because the Company is seeking stockholder approval
in Proposal No. 4 of a material amendment to the plan, we are also seeking this separate stockholder
approval for purposes of Section 162(m).

Under the Section 162(m) regulations, the material terms of the Amended Plan are (i) the maximum
amount of compensation that may be paid to a participant under the Amended Plan in any fiscal year,
(ii) the employees eligible to receive compensation under the Amended Plan, and (iii) the business
criteria on which the performance goals are based. The Company intends that awards under the

Amended Plan continue to qualify for exemption from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m).
Accordingly, the Company is asking its stockholders to reapprove the material terms of the Amended
Plan for Section 162(m) purposes so that awards under the Amended Plan that are intended to qualify
as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) will be fully deductible
by the Company. The material terms of the Amended Plan are disclosed above in Proposal No. 4 as
follows: (i) the maximum amount of compensation is described in the section entitled “Summary of the
Second Amendment to, and Restatement of, the Plan,” (ii) the eligible employees are described in the
section entitled “Summary of the Amended Plan – Persons Who May Participate,” and (iii) the
business criteria are described in the section entitled “Summary of the Amended Plan – Awards under
the Amended Plan – Qualifying Performance Criteria.”

Consequences of Failing to Approve the Proposal

Failure of the Company’s stockholders to approve this Proposal will not affect the rights of existing
award holders under the Amended Plan or under any previously granted awards under the Amended
Plan. However, if this Proposal is not approved, the Company will be required to reevaluate its
compensation structure since compensation paid to Covered Employees in future years may not be
deductible by the Company to the extent it exceeds $1,000,000.

Vote Required and Board Recommendation

Approval of the material terms of the Amended Plan for Section 162(m) purposes requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of common stock present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter. For these purposes, broker non-votes are not
treated as entitled to vote. Unless marked to the contrary, proxies received will be voted FOR approval.
The Board believes strongly that the approval of the material terms of the Amended Plan for purposes
of Section 162(m) are essential to the Company’s continued success. For the reasons stated above, the
stockholders are being asked to approve this Proposal.

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the approval of material terms of the 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, for purposes of complying with the requirements of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

OTHER MATTERS

The Company knows of no other matters that will be presented for consideration at the Annual
Meeting. If any other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting, it is the intention of the
persons named in the Proxy to vote the shares they represent as the Board may recommend.
Discretionary authority with respect to such other matters is granted by the execution of the Proxy.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT

The following table contains information regarding the beneficial ownership of common stock as of
May 13, 2014 by:

Š The stockholders we know to beneficially own more than 5% of outstanding common stock;
Š Each director named in this proxy statement;
Š Each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table included in this proxy

statement; and

Š All of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Common stock is the only class of voting securities issued by the Company. Unless otherwise
indicated in the footnotes, the beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power with respect to
the securities beneficially owned, subject only to community property laws, if applicable.

Beneficial Owner

5% or Greater Stockholders:
Royce & Associates LLC(2)

Shares
Beneficially Owned
Number

Percent(1)

745 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,700,581

10.63%

Blackrock, Inc.(3)

40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,910,997

The Vanguard Group, Inc.(4)

100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, PA 19355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,622,079

9.38%

7.33%

Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Jason P. Rhode, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director(5)
Thurman K. Case, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal

. . . . . . . . . .

951,177

1.4%

Accounting Officer(6)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

208,111

Gregory Scott Thomas, Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate

Secretary(7)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scott A. Anderson, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal
Audio Division(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jo-Dee M. Benson, Vice President and Chief Culture Officer(9)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timothy R. Dehne, Director(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John C. Carter, Director(11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alan R. Schuele, Director(12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Susan Wang, Director(13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
William D. Sherman, Director(14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Christine King, Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)(15)

178,569
127,127
59,780
54,026
41,889
31,889
9,583
0
. . . . . . 2,104,614

202,917

*
*
*
*
*
*
*

3.29%

* Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock
(1) Percentage ownership is based on 62,057,267 shares of common stock issued and outstanding on

May 13, 2014. Shares of common stock issuable under stock options that are currently exercisable
or will become exercisable within 60 days after May 13, 2014, and shares of common stock
subject to restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that will vest and be issued within 60 days after May 13,
2014, are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or
RSUs for the purpose of computing the number of shares beneficially owned and the percentage

ownership of such person, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage of any other person or group. This table does not include options or RSUs that vest
more than 60 days after May 13, 2014.

(2) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014, Royce & Associates LLC is the

beneficial owner of 6,700,581 shares, with sole voting power as to 6,700,581 shares and shared
dispositive power as to 6,700,581 shares.

(3) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 28, 2014, Blackrock Inc. is the beneficial
owner of 5,910,997 shares, with sole voting power as to 5,691,583 shares, and sole dispositive
power as to 5,910,997 shares.

(5)

(6)

(4) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2014, The Vanguard Group Inc. is
the beneficial owner of 4,622,079 shares, with sole voting power as to 89,681 shares, sole
dispositive power as to 4,537,298 shares, and shared dispositive power as to 84,781 shares.
Includes 896,547 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Dr. Rhode and 54,630 shares
held directly.
Includes 198,989 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Case and 9,122 shares held
directly.
Includes 179,126 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Thomas and 23,791 shares
held directly.
Includes 157,374 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Anderson and 21,195
shares held directly.
Includes 118,499 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Ms. Benson and 8,628 shares
held directly.

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10) Includes 35,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Dehne and 24,780 shares

held directly.

(11) Includes 40,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Carter and 14,026 shares

held directly.

(12) Includes 12,424 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Schuele and 29,465 shares

held directly.

(13) Includes 18,906 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Ms. Wang and 12,983 shares

held directly.

(14) All shares are directly held.
(15) Includes options held by all executive officers and directors to purchase an aggregate of 1,888,164

shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Scott A. Anderson – Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Division
Mr. Anderson, age 60, was appointed Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal
Audio Division, in October 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Anderson served as the President
and Chief Operating Officer of Freescale Semiconductor between March 2004 and February 2005, and
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola Semiconductor Products Sector between
February 2003 and December 2003.

Jo-Dee M. Benson – Vice President, Chief Culture Officer
Ms. Benson, age 54, was appointed Vice President, Chief Culture Officer, as of July 2011. She joined
the Company in July 1995 and served in various marketing communications management roles. Prior
to being appointed to her current position, Ms. Benson served as Vice President, Corporate
Communications and Human Resources in July 2005 to July 2011, and as Vice President, Corporate
Marketing Communications between January 2001 and July 2005.

Randy Carlson – Vice President of Supply Chain
Mr. Carlson, age 48, was appointed Vice President of Supply Chain in February 2010. Mr. Carlson
previously worked as Director of Supply Chain between May 2008 and February 2010. Prior to joining
the Company in May 2008, Mr. Carlson held various management positions at STATS ChipPAC
between 2003 and April 2008.

Thurman K. Case – Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer
Mr. Case, age 57, was appointed Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) on February 14, 2007. He joined the
Company in October 2000 and was appointed Vice President, Treasurer, Financial Planning &
Analysis, in September 2004. Prior to being appointed to his current position, Mr. Case served as Vice
President, Finance between June 2002 and September 2004, and as Director of Finance between
October 2000 and June 2002.

Jason P. Rhode – President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director Nominee
Dr. Rhode, age 44, was appointed President and CEO of the Company in May 2007. Dr. Rhode joined
the Company in 1995 and served in various engineering positions until he became Director of
Marketing for analog and mixed-signal products in November 2002. He was appointed Vice President,
General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Products, in December 2004, a role he served in until his
appointment as President and CEO.

Eric C. Smith – Vice President and General Manager
Mr. Smith, age 53, was appointed Vice President and General Manager on April 14, 2014. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Smith was Vice President of Operations at Ambiq Micro, a provider of
ultra-low power semiconductor products. Previously, he worked as Vice President, Operations at
Javelin Semiconductor (acquired by Avago Technologies, Ltd.) from March 2012 to April 2013. Prior
to joining Javelin Semiconductor, Mr. Smith was the Product Line Director for Digital Power Products
for Intersil Corporation in Austin, Texas between July 2008 and March 2012. Mr. Smith previously
served as Vice President, Operations, at D2Audio, which was acquired by Intersil in July 2008.

Gregory Scott Thomas – Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Mr. Thomas, age 48, was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in
December 2003. He joined the Company in December 2000 as Vice President and Associate General
Counsel, Intellectual Property.

Timothy R. Turk – Vice President, Worldwide Sales
Mr. Turk, age 57, was appointed Vice President, Worldwide Sales in August 2007. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Turk was Vice President of Sales at Avnera Corporation. Mr. Turk also served 20 years
in sales and operations with Cypress Semiconductor, including as Vice President of Worldwide Sales
and Sales Operations from 2004 through 2006.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The purpose of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to explain the Compensation
Committee’s philosophy for determining the compensation program for the CEO, the Company’s
Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers (the “Named
Executive Officers”) for fiscal year 2014 and to discuss why and how the fiscal year 2014
compensation decisions for these executives were reached. As used in this Compensation Discussion
and Analysis, all references to the 2014 fiscal year are applicable to the time period that began on
March 31, 2013 and ended on March 29, 2014. Following this discussion are tables that include
compensation information for the Named Executive Officers. This analysis contains descriptions of
various employee compensation and benefit plans. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the full text or detailed descriptions of the plans that are filed as exhibits to the Company’s
2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 2014 fiscal year.

The Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2014 were as follows:

Jason P. Rhode, President and CEO;

Š Thurman K. Case, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer;
Š

Scott A. Anderson, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio
Division;

Š Gregory S. Thomas, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary; and
Š

Jo-Dee M. Benson, Vice President and Chief Culture Officer.

As discussed above, the Compensation Committee reviews and approves base salaries and other
matters relating to executive compensation, and administers the Company’s stock incentive plans,
including reviewing and granting stock incentive awards to our executive officers and other employees
and reviewing and approving policies and procedures for granting awards under these plans.

Executive Summary. Cirrus Logic, Inc. is committed to paying executive officers based on Company
and individual performance. A significant portion of each executive officer’s compensation is based on
the achievement of short-term and long-term profitable growth of the Company. For fiscal year 2014,
the Compensation Committee did not make any significant adjustments to the structure of the
Company’s executive compensation program.

The Compensation Committee believes that the compensation paid to our executive officers as
reflected in this proxy statement is fully supported by the Company’s performance over the relevant
time periods. For the four quarters preceding the Company’s annual review of executive compensation
in or about August 2013, Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s revenue growth was positioned at or near the top of the
Proxy Group (as defined in the section “Competitive Positioning Information”) over the previous four
fiscal quarters. In addition, over the previous three-year period, Cirrus Logic Inc.’s revenue growth was
also positioned at or near the top of the Proxy Group. In view of the Company’s performance, the
Company’s executive officers earned payments under the Company’s 2007 Management and Key
Individual Contributor Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) of 227% of each individual’s target bonus
in the first semi-annual payout period of fiscal year 2014 and 71% of each individual’s target bonus in

the second semi-annual payout period. These payments reflected the Company’s strong operating
profit and revenue growth during the first half of fiscal year 2014. While the Company continued to
experience strong operating profit performance in the second half of fiscal year 2014, the reduced
payment under the Incentive Plan for this period reflected the significant drop in year-over-year
revenue growth in the second half of the fiscal year. See “Executive Compensation Review for Fiscal
Year 2014 – Annual Cash Incentive Awards” at page 38. In addition, the Company granted equity
awards to executive officers in fiscal year 2014 that resulted in some of the officers receiving a target
total direct compensation opportunity above the 50th percentile of the competitive market. The
Compensation Committee determined that the size of these awards was warranted based on the
Company’s overall financial and operational performance in the preceding 12 months. See “Executive
Compensation Review for Fiscal Year 2014 – Long Term Incentives” at page 40.

General Philosophy. We provide our executive officers with compensation opportunities that are
based upon their personal performance, the financial performance of the Company, and their
contribution to that performance, through a mix of base salary, annual cash incentive awards, and
equity compensation. These opportunities are designed to attract and retain highly skilled individuals,
and to align management’s incentives with the long-term interests of our stockholders.

We believe that the amounts payable under the compensation program for our executive officers
should reflect the Company’s performance and the value created for our stockholders. In addition, the
compensation program should balance the short- and long-term strategic goals and objectives of the
Company and reward individual contribution to the Company’s success. We are engaged in a very
competitive industry, and the Company’s success depends on its ability to attract and retain qualified
executives through the competitive compensation packages we offer to these individuals.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation. We conducted our third stockholder advisory vote on
executive compensation at our 2013 annual meeting of stockholders. While this vote was not binding
on the Company, it gives our stockholders an opportunity to vote on the compensation of our Named
Executive Officers on an annual basis as a means to express their views regarding our executive
compensation philosophy, our compensation policies and programs, and our decisions regarding
executive compensation, all as disclosed in our proxy statements. The Board and the Compensation
Committee value the opinions of our stockholders and, to the extent that there is any significant vote
against the compensation of our Named Executive Officers as disclosed in this proxy statement, we
will consider our stockholders’ concerns, and the Compensation Committee will evaluate whether any
actions are necessary to address those concerns.

At the Company’s 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, more than 95% of the votes cast on the
advisory vote on executive compensation proposal were voted in favor of our Named Executive
Officers’ compensation as disclosed in the proxy statement, and as a result, our Named Executive
Officers’ compensation was approved. The Compensation Committee reviewed the final vote results
and determined that, given the significant level of support, no changes to our executive compensation
policies and decisions were necessary in light of these results.

We provide our stockholders with the opportunity to cast an advisory vote on executive compensation
each year. For more information, see “Proposal No. 3 – Advisory Vote to Approve Named Executive
Officer Compensation.”

Target Total Direct Compensation. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and establishes
each executive officer’s target total direct compensation package. The Compensation Committee
considers a broad range of facts and circumstances in setting executive compensation, including
Company performance, individual performance, external pay practices of peer companies, the strategic
importance of the executive officer’s position, as well as internal pay equity and the executive officer’s

time in the position. The weight given to each of these factors by the Compensation Committee may
differ from year to year, and among the individual executive officers.

The Company’s executive compensation program is heavily weighted toward performance-based
compensation that rewards achievement of short-term and long-term corporate goals and objectives. In
setting target total direct compensation for our executive officers, the Compensation Committee seeks
to strike a balance between providing compensation that is competitive with the compensation paid to
executives of peer companies, while ensuring that a significant percentage of compensation is coupled
to Company performance, individual performance, and stock price appreciation. Please see “Elements
of Compensation and Target Market Positioning” for additional information regarding the target total
direct compensation for our Named Executive Officers.

Use of a Compensation Consultant. To support the Compensation Committee in fulfilling its duties,
the Compensation Committee directly retained an external compensation consultant to assist with its
design and evaluation of CEO, executive officer, and director compensation. Pursuant to its charter, the
Compensation Committee is authorized to retain and terminate any consultant, as well as approve the
consultant’s fees and other terms of retention.

During fiscal year 2014, the Compensation Committee retained Compensia, Inc. (“Compensia”) to
provide executive and director compensation consulting services. At the direction of the Compensation
Committee, Compensia performed a comprehensive review of our CEO’s and other executive officers’
compensation. In addition to a complete review of executive compensation, Compensia reviewed,
developed and proposed a compensation peer group to use for purposes of analyzing executive and
director compensation. Compensia further reviewed the Company’s Incentive Plan and provided
analysis of management’s recommendations in setting the performance criteria under that plan for
fiscal year 2014.

As required by the Nasdaq listing standards, the Compensation Committee performed an independence
assessment of Compensia. The Compensation Committee determined that Compensia should be
considered independent based on the following factors:

Š Compensia provided no services to the Company other than its work for the Compensation

Committee;

Š The fees paid to Compensia by the Company were less than 1% of Compensia’s revenues for

the year;

Š Compensia has developed and provided to the Company a Conflict of Interest Policy;
Š The advisers from Compensia have no business or personal relationship with any members of

the Company’s Compensation Committee or the Company’s executive officers; and

Š None of the advisers from Compensia own any shares of common stock.

Accordingly, the Compensation Committee determined that the services provided by Compensia to the
Compensation Committee for fiscal year 2014 did not give rise to any conflicts of interest.

Competitive Positioning Information. To aid the Compensation Committee’s annual executive
compensation review, Compensia prepared a compensation assessment of the Company’s executive
compensation program. The assessment was based on market data obtained from the Radford High
Technology Executive Compensation Survey specific to companies in the semiconductor industry with
revenues of approximately $300 million to $1.7 billion per year, with median revenue of approximately
$850 million (the “Survey Group”), and publicly-available data gathered from a group of specific
companies that are considered comparable to the Company (the “Proxy Group”). The Proxy Group
generally consists of public companies located in the United States in the semiconductor industry that

are similar in size (as measured by revenue and market capitalization) and share common
characteristics with the Company, including location and similarity of business model and product
lines. In determining the Proxy Group, the Compensation Committee also considered whether a
proposed peer was historically in the Company’s peer group to maintain some consistency in the
executive compensation analysis on a year-over-year basis. Finally, the Compensation Committee also
considered the likelihood that the Company would compete with the other company for executive
talent when selecting the companies for the Proxy Group.

In the spring of 2013, based on these criteria, and with input from the Board on companies to consider
including in the Proxy Group, Compensia reviewed the then-existing Proxy Group and recommended
the removal of: (1) Applied Micro Circuits Corp.; (2) Cavium Networks, Inc.; (3) Hittite Microwave
Corp.; (4) Micrel, Inc.; (5) Monolithic Power Systems Inc.; (6) Silicon Image; and (7) Standard
Microsystems Corp. and the addition of: (1) Atmel; (2) Cyprus Semiconductor; (3) Fairchild
Semiconductor; (4) International Rectifier; (5) RF Micro Devices; and (6) Skyworks Solutions to better
reflect the most current, shared characteristics with the Company. In particular, these changes were
intended to reflect the significant revenue growth the Company experienced in the previous twelve
months. After reviewing Compensia’s recommendations, the Compensation Committee approved the
following group of 15 companies for the Proxy Group: (1) Atmel; (2) Cypress Semiconductor;
(3) Fairchild Semiconductor; (4) Integrated Device Technology, Inc.; (5) International Rectifier;
(6) Intersil Corp.; (7) Microsemi Corp.; (8) OmniVision Technologies Inc.; (9) PMC-Sierra, Inc.;
(10) Power Integrations, Inc.; (11) RF Micro Devices; (12) Semtech Corp.; (13) Silicon Laboratories,
Inc.; (14) Skyworks Solutions; and (15) TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc.

From the data derived from the Survey Group and the Proxy Group, Compensia developed market
composite data for each executive officer reflecting a blend of the data from each group (the “Market
Composite Data”). In some cases, Proxy Group data was not available for an executive officer and
Compensia’s analysis and subsequent compensation recommendations were based on the Survey
Group data. The Compensation Committee examined this compensation data along with Compensia’s
recommendations and set each executive officer’s compensation, including each Named Executive
Officer’s compensation, with the intent of establishing competitive compensation levels.

Role of Executive Officers in Establishing Compensation. Our Human Resources and Legal
departments support the Compensation Committee in its work and in fulfilling various functions in
administering our compensation programs. This support generally consists of assistance with providing
Survey Group data, proposals of potential ranges of various components of compensation for our
executive officers, and information regarding available shares under the Company’s equity incentive
plan. Regular meetings of the Compensation Committee are generally attended by our CEO, Chief
Culture Officer, and our General Counsel. Because each of the Company’s executive officers (other
than the CEO) reports directly to the CEO, the Compensation Committee relies upon input and
recommendations from our CEO in determining an executive officer’s compensation. The
Compensation Committee considers and sets the compensation of our CEO when no members of
management are present. In addition, members of management are not present while their specific
compensation is being discussed and determined.

Elements of Compensation and Target Market Positioning. Each executive officer’s compensation
package is comprised of the following elements: (i) base salary that is competitive with the market and
reflects individual performance, (ii) annual cash incentive awards tied to the Company’s achievement
of specific performance objectives, (iii) long-term incentives in the form of equity awards designed to
strengthen the mutuality of interests between the executive officers and the Company’s stockholders,
(iv) other benefits that are generally available to the Company’s employees, including a 401(k) plan
and medical, vision, and dental plans, and (v) post-employment compensation.

In general, we have attempted to establish a strong relationship between total cash compensation, the
Company’s performance, and individual executive performance, by targeting base salaries at
approximately the 50th percentile range of the Market Composite Data, and by providing additional
incentive opportunities that position the target total cash compensation opportunity (base salary plus
target annual cash incentive compensation) also within the 50th percentile range, with the potential to
earn in the 50th – 75th percentile level or more for higher levels of performance, while maintaining
internal pay equity.

We also provide additional long-term incentives in the form of equity awards so that an executive
officer’s target total direct compensation opportunity is set at or near the 50th percentile level (i.e., the
size of the equity award is a function of the difference between the 50th percentile target total direct
compensation and the 50th percentile of target total cash compensation). These percentages are
intended as guidelines for evaluating and establishing each executive officer’s compensation and are
not applied on a rigid or formulaic basis. The Compensation Committee exercises sole discretion over
each executive officer’s total compensation package.

Executive officers may also receive 401(k) retirement and health and welfare benefits that are
generally available to all employees of the Company. In addition, executive officers are also eligible to
receive certain severance payments and benefits upon termination of their employment other than for
cause, as further described in the sections of this proxy statement entitled “Post-Employment
Compensation” and “Potential Payments upon a Termination or Change of Control.”

Executive Compensation Review for Fiscal Year 2014. Each year, the Compensation Committee
reviews our executive officers’ compensation at a regularly scheduled Compensation Committee
meeting in September. At that time, the Compensation Committee also reviews the Company’s
performance as compared to the Proxy Group. As part of the review, the Compensation Committee
considers any changes to an executive officer’s base salary or target amounts for his or her annual cash
incentive awards. The Compensation Committee further considers any annual equity awards for our
executive officers. The timing of the annual executive compensation review and any proposed equity
awards is aligned with the Company’s annual grant of equity awards to our key employees, which has
historically occurred in October each year.

Base Salary
The base salary for each executive officer is designed to be commensurate with the salary levels for
comparable positions within the Survey Group and Proxy Group, to reflect each individual’s personal
performance during the year, to take into consideration the individual’s responsibilities within the
Company, and to be consistent with our internal salary alignment. The relative weight given to each
factor varies with each executive officer and is within the discretion of the Compensation Committee.
In setting base salaries, the Compensation Committee reviews (i) the Market Composite Data; (ii) the
recommendations of our CEO; and (iii) each executive officer’s individual performance for the year.
The Company’s profitability and operational performance may also be factors in determining the base
salaries of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee uses a largely discretionary approach
for determining any adjustment to an individual executive officer’s base salary and looks collectively
at all of these factors. Ultimately, the decision to adjust an executive officer’s base salary is subjective
and made in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

In September 2013, the Compensation Committee increased our CEO’s annual base salary from
$525,000 (slightly below the 25th percentile of the Market Composite Data for Chief Executive
Officers) to $625,000 (slightly below the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data for Chief
Executive Officers). The Compensation Committee decided to increase the CEO’s base salary based
on the Company’s performance in the previous 12 months and its assessment of the competitive market

base salary for positions of similar scope and responsibility. This increase in salary also reflects
changes in the Company’s peer group, as the Compensation Committee began benchmarking salaries
against peer companies in a higher revenue range.

At its meeting in September 2013, the Compensation Committee also reviewed the compensation of our
other executive officers, including our other Named Executive Officers. Based on this review, the
Compensation Committee concluded that the base salary levels of our other executive officers, including
our Named Executive Officers, approximated or were below the 25th percentile of the competitive
market, partly due to past base salary decisions being taken with reference to compensation data based on
companies in a lower revenue range. In view of the lower overall market positioning of their peer base
salaries and the recent financial performance of the Company, the Compensation Committee increased
the overall base salaries of our Named Executive Officers (other than our CEO) by an aggregate of
approximately 5% from the previous fiscal year. In general, these adjustments were intended to recognize
the performance of certain executive officers during the previous year and to move certain executive
officers’ base salaries toward the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data for base salary levels of
executives in similar positions, while maintaining internal pay equity.

Annual Cash Incentive Awards
In fiscal year 2014, our executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, participated in the
Company’s Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan is designed to provide employees who are in
management or leadership positions in the Company, or who are key individual contributors whose
efforts potentially have a material impact on the Company’s performance, with incentives to improve
the Company’s performance through the achievement of pre-established financial goals.

Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, participants are eligible to earn semi-annual cash bonus payments. For
fiscal year 2014, the Incentive Plan sets our CEO’s target bonus for each semi-annual performance
period at 50% of his annual base salary, and sets certain other executive officers’ target bonuses for
each semi-annual performance period, including the target bonuses of the other Named Executive
Officers, at 25% of their annual base salary. Payments are determined based on the achievement of
certain internal company performance target levels for operating profit margin and revenue growth,
which are set by the Compensation Committee prior to the commencement of each semi-annual
performance period. For purposes of the Incentive Plan, “Operating Profit Margin” is defined as the
Company’s consolidated GAAP operating income excluding Incentive Plan and other bonus accruals
and any non-recurring items such as gains on sales of assets not otherwise included in revenue, losses
on sales of assets, restructuring charges, merger-related costs including amortization or impairments of
acquisition-related intangible assets, deferred tax adjustments, stock compensation expense, asset
write-offs, write-downs, and impairment charges, and such other items as the Compensation
Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

These performance measures are designed to balance short-term and long-term financial and strategic
objectives for building stockholder value and are further based on a review of the operating results of
other peer companies and competitors, including the performance of the Proxy Group. The
Compensation Committee sets the target levels for these performance measures so that participants will
earn their target bonuses only if the Company’s Operating Profit Margin and revenue growth goals are
achieved during the measurement period. As designed, the Operating Profit Margin and revenue
growth goals were intended by the Compensation Committee to be based on the Company’s long-term
strategic plan, not the Company’s annual operating plan. The Incentive Plan further provides that no
payments may be made unless a specified Operating Profit Margin threshold level is met. As opposed
to the target levels for the Incentive Plan, typically the Compensation Committee has set the threshold
levels for payments based in part on a review of the Company’s annual operating plan along with
current economic and market conditions.

In determining the amount of a bonus payment for an individual participant, the Incentive Plan
provides that the Compensation Committee will establish a formula for each measurement period for
determining the pay-out percentage (the “Incentive Plan Pay-Out Percentage”) based on the actual
performance of the Company relative to the target levels for each of the performance measures. The
Incentive Plan further provides that payments may exceed the target payouts when the Company’s
financial performance exceeds the achievement of those performance target levels. Payments under the
Incentive Plan may not exceed 250% of a participant’s target bonus for any applicable performance
period, and are further subject to a cap of 12% of the Company’s non-GAAP operating profit on total
payments under the Company’s variable compensation plans. The Compensation Committee first
instituted a cap in fiscal year 2010 because it determined that the proposed targets and thresholds under
the Incentive Plan created a risk that a large percentage of the Company’s operating profit for the
period could be paid out as bonuses if the revenue growth of the Company continued to increase as
anticipated. The Compensation Committee set the cap at 12% based on its desire to provide a
reasonable payout for achieving the Company’s performance target levels while maintaining a
reasonable cap on payments under all of the Company’s variable compensation plans.

If a participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of death or “disability” (as
defined within the Incentive Plan) during a semi-annual performance period, then that participant will
still receive the same payment under the Incentive Plan that he or she would have received if he or she
were still employed on the last day of the semi-annual performance period, but such amount will be
prorated based on the number of calendar days that the participant was employed with the Company
during such performance period. In May 2013, the Incentive Plan was amended so that payment under
the Incentive Plan would no longer be received if a participant’s employment was terminated by the
Company without cause during a semi-annual performance period.

If, in the event of a change of control of the Company, the Incentive Plan is not assumed or replaced
with a comparable plan by the Company’s successor, each participant under the Incentive Plan will
receive a pro rata cash payment of his or her target bonus, based upon the number of calendar days
completed in the current semi-annual performance period prior to the occurrence of the change of
control. For more information, please see the section of this Proxy Statement entitled “Potential
Payments Upon a Termination or Change of Control.”

For the first and second semi-annual performance periods in fiscal year 2014, the performance target
levels for the two performance measures were set such that a participant would receive 100% of his or
her target bonus if the Company achieved an operating profit margin, calculated as set forth in the
Incentive Plan (the “Operating Profit Margin”) of 20% and annual revenue growth of 15% during the
semi-annual performance period. Specifically, the formula for determining the Incentive Plan Pay-Out
Percentage (for each semi-annual performance period) was set by the Compensation Committee as
follows:

(1) The operating profit payout percentage was determined based on the Company’s Operating

Profit Margin for the semi-annual performance period. If the Company failed to achieve a
threshold Operating Profit Margin of 10%, then no bonus payments would be made for the
performance period.

(2) At the threshold Operating Profit Margin of 10%, the operating profit payout percentage
would be 25%. At the target Operating Profit Margin of 20%, the operating profit payout
percentage would be 100%. For Operating Profit Margin performance between the threshold
level of 10% and the target level of 20%, the operating profit percentage payout would be
determined by using straight-line interpolation between the threshold and target levels. For
example, if the Company achieved an Operating Profit Margin of 16%, the operating profit
payout percentage would be calculated as 70% (25% + (3/5 x 75%)).

(3) For performance above the target Operating Profit Margin of 20%, the operating profit

payout percentage would increase linearly by 10% for each percentage point of Operating
Profit Margin in excess of 20%. For example, if the Company achieved an Operating Profit
Margin of 25%, the operating profit payout percentage would be calculated as 150% (100%
+ (5 x 10%)).

(4) Once the operating profit payout percentage is determined, the Incentive Plan Pay-out
Percentage was calculated by multiplying the operating profit percentage by a revenue
growth multiplier.

(5) For fiscal year 2014, the revenue growth multiplier was set at 50% for revenue growth below

5% and 100% for target revenue growth of 15%. For revenue growth performance between
5% and 15%, the revenue growth multiplier would be determined using straight-line
interpolation between these points. For example, if the Company achieved 10% revenue
growth during the period, the revenue growth multiplier would be calculated as
75% (50% + (5/10 x 50%)).

(6) For performance levels above the target revenue growth of 15%, the revenue growth

multiplier would increase linearly by 5% for each percentage point of revenue growth in
excess of 15%. For example, if the Company achieved annual revenue growth of 20% in the
relevant period, the revenue growth multiplier would be calculated as 125% (100% +
(5% x 5)).

As a result of the Company’s performance in the first half of fiscal year 2014, our executive officers,
including our Named Executive Officers, earned payments of 227% of each individual’s target bonus
for the semi-annual performance period. The Incentive Plan Payout Percentage for the first half of
fiscal year 2014 was calculated based on an Operating Profit Margin of 30% (24% on a GAAP basis)
and revenue growth of 18%.

As a result of the Company’s performance in the second half of fiscal year 2014, our executive
officers, including our Named Executive Officers, earned payments of 71% of each individual’s target
bonus for the semi-annual performance period. The Incentive Plan Payout Percentage for the second
half of fiscal year 2014 was calculated based on an Operating Profit Margin of 24% (20% on a GAAP
basis) and revenue growth of -29%.

A reconciliation of the Company’s GAAP operating profit margin to the Operating Profit Margin used
in the Incentive Plan calculations is included as an annex to this proxy statement. During fiscal year
2014, the Company amended the Incentive Plan as described in this proxy statement, and the
amendments were approved by our stockholders via Proposal No. 4 at the Company’s 2013 annual
meeting of stockholders. Amendments were made pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Service Code to make available, under the plan, awards that are designed to qualify as
“performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m).

Long-Term Incentives
We provide long-term incentive opportunities in the form of equity awards to motivate and reward our
executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, for their contributions to achieving our
business objectives by tying incentives to the performance of common stock over the long term. The
use of equity further reinforces the link between the interests of our executive officers and our
stockholders. Generally, equity awards are made annually by the Compensation Committee to each of
our executive officers under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

Prior to fiscal year 2010, we used stock options as our principal long-term incentive vehicle because of
our belief that there was a near universal expectation by employees and executive officers in our

industry that they would receive stock option grants. Options have provided an effective compensation
opportunity for companies, like ours, focused on growth. Options are designed to align the interests of
our executive officers and employees with those of our stockholders and provide each individual with a
significant incentive to manage the Company from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake in
the business. Each option award enables the recipient to purchase shares of common stock at a fixed
price per share (the market price of common stock on the grant date) over a specified period of time
(up to ten years). Each option typically becomes exercisable in a series of installments over a specified
period – over four years, with one-year cliff vesting for 25% of the options on the first anniversary of
the grant date and 1/36 of the remaining options vesting on a monthly basis over the following three
years – contingent upon the recipient’s continued employment with the Company. Accordingly, the
options provide a potential return to the employee or executive officer only if he or she remains
employed by the Company during the vesting period, and then only if the market price of common
stock appreciates over the option term.

In September 2010, the Compensation Committee moved to a long-term incentive framework based on
an award mix of stock options and time-vested restricted stock unit awards (“RSUs”) based on the
aggregate grant date fair value of the awards. This award mix remains consistent with the Company’s
Proxy Group practices in which stock options are commonly used in combination with full value
awards with time or performance-based vesting. The decision to use time-vested RSUs balances the
benefits of stock options with the executive retention and stockholder dilution benefits that RSUs
provide. In particular, the Compensation Committee believes that the use of time-vested RSUs with a
three-year “cliff” vesting condition helps further our retention objectives by encouraging our executive
officers to remain with the Company and fully execute our long-term strategies, which generally take a
number of years to be fully implemented and reflected in our financial performance. And because
RSUs are typically granted at a lower number of shares than an equivalent option grant, the dilutive
impact of our long-term incentive awards as a whole is reduced by using a mix of these two types of
equity vehicles.

As discussed above, the Compensation Committee’s long-term incentive compensation philosophy is
to grant awards to our executive officers that position target total direct compensation approximately at
the market 50th percentile. The Compensation Committee also takes into account the number and
current unrealized value of outstanding options held by each executive officer to maintain an
appropriate level of equity-based incentive for that individual. The Compensation Committee further
considers the Company’s current equity burn rate and dilution in setting the amount of equity available
for grant to our executive officers. The size of the equity award to each executive officer is set by the
Compensation Committee at a level that is intended to create a meaningful opportunity for stock price
appreciation based upon the individual’s position with the Company, current performance, anticipated
future contribution based on that performance, and ability to affect corporate and/or business unit
results. The Compensation Committee uses a largely discretionary approach for determining the value
of the equity awards awarded to an individual executive officer and looks collectively at all of these
factors. Ultimately, the decision with respect to the size of these equity awards is subjective and made
in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

For fiscal year 2014, based on Compensia’s analysis of competitive market practices, and the other
relevant factors summarized above, the Compensation Committee approved the grant of an
approximate 50% mix of options and 50% RSUs to our executive officers in conjunction with the
Company’s annual review of equity awards for all employees. The Compensation Committee
weighted, consistent with past practice, the mix of options and RSUs awarded to the CEO more in
favor of options, which would provide a potential return only to the extent the market price of the
common stock appreciates over the option term. The equity awards were granted on the Company’s

Monthly Grant Date (as defined below under “Equity Award Practices and Timing”) in October 2013.
The Company granted equity awards to our executive officers in fiscal year 2014 with the same
number of options and RSUs as compared to fiscal year 2013, which resulted in some of our executive
officers receiving, when combined with their other pay components, a target total direct compensation
opportunity above the 50th percentile level. Although the relevant weight given to the factors
considered in determining the size of the equity awards granted to each executive officer varied from
individual to individual, generally the Compensation Committee determined that our executive officers
should receive awards with values above the 50th percentile level in view of the Company’s overall
performance in fiscal year 2014. More specifically, the Compensation Committee believed that the size
of the awards (matching those of fiscal year 2013) was appropriate given that the number of awards
granted in both fiscal year 2013 and 2014 were significantly smaller than awards granted in prior years,
and the Company’s significant decrease in stock price resulted in the 2014 awards representing a
significantly lower value than the 2013 awards.

Equity Award Practices and Timing
The Compensation Committee has implemented a process whereby new employee equity awards and
special stock awards are granted and priced on the first Wednesday of each calendar month (the
“Monthly Grant Date”). The purpose of this process is to minimize the administrative burdens that
would be created with multiple monthly grant dates and to ensure that all required approvals are
obtained on or before the Monthly Grant Date. If the Monthly Grant Date occurs on a Company
holiday, or on other days that the Company or Nasdaq is closed for business, the Monthly Grant Date
will be the next regularly scheduled business day. The Compensation Committee does not have any
program, plan or practice to time option grants or other stock awards to our executive officers in
coordination with the release of material non-public information.

Perquisites and Other Benefits
All of our employees, including our executive officers, are eligible to participate in the Company’s
welfare and health benefit programs, including our 401(k) plan; medical, vision and dental plans; and
certain other standard employee benefit plans. The Cirrus Logic, Inc. 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified
profit sharing and Section 401(k) plan. Under the plan, as of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, we
match 50% of up to the first 8% of an employee’s pre-tax deferrals, subject to the IRS compensation
limits. In prior quarters of fiscal year 2014, we matched 50% of up to the first 6% of an employee’s
pre-tax deferrals, subject to the IRS compensation limits.

Our CEO and other executive officers participate in these welfare and health benefit programs to the
same extent as all other salaried employees based in the United States. Although perquisites are not a
material part of our compensation programs for executive officers and are generally not provided, we
do reimburse up to $500 for an annual physical examination for each of our executive officers to the
extent the physical examination is not covered under our standard health care plans.

Post-Employment Compensation
We do not maintain separate individual employment, severance, or change of control agreements with
our Named Executive Officers; however, on July 26, 2007, after a review of other companies’ practices
with respect to management severance plans, the Compensation Committee approved and adopted an
Executive Severance and Change of Control Plan (the “2007 Severance Plan”). The 2007 Severance
Plan provides certain payments and other benefits to eligible executive officers (“Eligible
Executives”), including each of our Named Executive Officers, whose employment is involuntarily
terminated by the Company (other than for cause) or whose employment terminates following a change
of control of the Company. The 2007 Severance Plan became effective on October 1, 2007.

In March 2014, the Compensation Committee approved and adopted an amendment and restatement of
the 2007 Severance Plan, which among other changes, increased the severance payable to the CEO
upon termination in connection with a change of control from 12 months base salary to 24 months base
salary. This change was supported by an analysis presented by Compensia, which showed that a
payment equal to a 24-month period was consistent with market practice as reflected by the
Company’s peer group for similar plans.

The 2007 Severance Plan provides that, in the event of an Eligible Executive’s termination of
employment by the Company without cause, he or she is eligible to receive: (i) a continuation of base
salary for a period of up to six months (up to 12 months for our CEO) following termination, and
(ii) payment in full of a reasonable estimate of COBRA premiums for three months of continued health
care coverage.

The 2007 Severance Plan further provides that, if an Eligible Executive’s employment is terminated
within 12 months following a change in control of the Company, either by the Company without cause
or by the Eligible Executive for good reason, the Eligible Executive is eligible to receive (in lieu of the
payments and benefits described above): (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months’ base salary (or
24 months’ base salary in the case of the CEO, pursuant to the amendment approved in March 2014),
(ii) acceleration in full of any unvested stock options or any other securities or similar incentive awards
that have been granted or issued to the Eligible Executive as of the employment termination date, and
(iii) payment in full of a reasonable estimate of COBRA premiums for 12 months. In addition, the
Eligible Executive will have six months from the employment termination date to exercise any vested
options.

The 2007 Severance Plan may not be amended or terminated without the consent of any Eligible
Executive during the one year prior to or following the occurrence of a change in control of the
Company, if such amendment would be adverse to the interest of such Eligible Executive. In order to
receive severance payments and benefits under the 2007 Severance Plan, an Eligible Executive must
execute a general release of all claims against the Company. Additional details and specific terms of
the Severance Plan are set forth in the section of this proxy statement entitled “Potential Payments
upon Termination or Change in Control.”

We maintain the 2007 Severance Plan because we believe it is consistent with the practices of peer
companies and helps ensure that we are able to attract and retain top talent. Further, we believe that our
plan provides a level of stability to Eligible Executives during volatile business conditions that have
historically existed in our industry so that they remain focused on their responsibilities and the
long-term interests of the Company during such times. The 2007 Severance Plan provides for
“double-trigger” rather than “single-trigger” payment and benefits in the event of a change of control
of the Company. In other words, payments to an Eligible Executives are contingent upon an
involuntarily termination of employment following a change of control. This plan design is intended to
provide a level of security to Eligible Executives negotiating a transaction to avoid any misalignment
with the interests of our stockholders without resulting in a windfall to Eligible Executives who remain
employed following such a transaction.

Policies Regarding Short Selling and Hedging Transactions
The Company prohibits directors, officers, and employees from investing in derivative securities based
on or related to the Company’s common stock or engaging in any short sale or hedging transactions
involving the Company’s common stock. This policy does not restrict the ownership of
Company-granted equity awards, such as stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards
issued by the Company.

Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) disallows a tax deduction to publicly-held
companies for compensation paid to our CEO and any of the three most highly compensated officers
(other than the CEO and our principal financial officer) to the extent that compensation exceeds
$1,000,000 per covered officer in any fiscal year. The limitation applies only to compensation that is
not considered to be “performance-based compensation.” Under the Treasury Regulations
corresponding to Section 162(m), compensation received through the exercise of a stock option will
not be subject to the $1,000,000 limit if it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” within the
meaning of Section 162(m).

It is the Compensation Committee’s objective, so long as it is reasonable and consistent with the
Company’s overall business, compensation, and retention objectives, to endeavor to design executive
officer compensation programs that keep executive compensation deductible for federal income tax
purposes. At the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholders approved an amended 2007
Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan that allowed qualified future payments
under that plan to become eligible for deduction under Section 162(m). In this proxy statement, we
seek stockholder approval of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, so that qualified
payments under this plan (e.g., full value awards with performance-based vesting) will also become
eligible for deduction under Section 162(m) (Proposal No. 5).

In fiscal year 2014, the Company had a tax deduction disallowance under Section 162(m) of
approximately $1,208,082 related to the compensation received by our CEO. This disallowance was
the result of (1) the exercise of options that were granted prior to the adoption of the 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan from plans that did not provide for awards that qualified as “performance-based
compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m); and (2) a payment under the Incentive Plan for the first
half of fiscal year 2014.

Section 280G of the IRC disallows the deduction of any “excess parachute payment” paid in
connection with certain events. A portion of amounts payable under the 2007 Severance Plan may
constitute “excess parachute payments” to our executive officers. Accordingly, the 2007 Severance
Plan provides for a modified Section 280G “cut back” pursuant to which payments and benefits under
the 2007 Severance Plan will be reduced in the event such reduction produces a greater after-tax
benefit to an executive officer. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” at
page 52.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. Carter, Dehne, Schuele, and Ms. Wang.
None of our executive officers has ever served as a member of the board of directors or the
compensation committee of another entity that has or has had, at the time of his service or during the
same fiscal year, one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Board or the
Compensation Committee. The members of the Compensation Committee are considered independent
under the Board and the Compensation Committee independence standards as set forth in the
Corporate Governance Guidelines, which is included as Exhibit D to this proxy statement.

On July 26, 2012, the Board approved the formation of a subcommittee of Messrs. Carter and Dehne,
and Ms. Wang (the “162(m) Subcommittee”). The Company formed the 162(m) Subcommittee
because Mr. Schuele is not considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) due to his
prior affiliation with Crystal Semiconductor, a company that we acquired in 1991. Since its formation,
the 162(m) Subcommittee has approved all elements of performance-based compensation that require
approval by a committee of “outside directors” in order for such compensation to qualify for
deductibility under Section 162(m) and related regulations.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

We, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, have reviewed and discussed the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with
management of the Company. Based on such review and discussion, we have recommended to the
Board of Directors that the CD&A be included as part of this proxy statement.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors:

Timothy R. Dehne, Chairman
John C. Carter
Alan R. Schuele
Susan Wang

CONSIDERATION OF RISK RELATED TO COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

The Compensation Committee structures our executive compensation program to provide incentives to
appropriately reward our executive officers without undue risk taking. Our approach is similar for the
compensation practices and polices applicable to all employees throughout the Company. Overall, we
believe that our compensation programs do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company. In general, we attempt to align our compensation programs with the
long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders and mitigate the likelihood of inducing
excessive risk-taking behavior. More specifically, we believe the following program features and
policies help to mitigate the likelihood of inducing excessive risk-taking behavior:

Š The Company pays a mix of fixed and variable compensation, with variable compensation tied

both to short-term objectives and the long-term value of our stock price.

Š Our annual cash incentive program is based on a mix of bottom-line objectives (i.e., operating

profit goals) and top-line objectives (e.g., revenue growth) in order to avoid the risk of
excessive focus on one goal or performance measure.

Š To prevent the risk that our annual cash incentive program pays bonuses despite weak short-

term performance, no payout may occur without a threshold level of operating profit
performance being met.

Š The aggregate payout under our annual cash incentive program for our executive and

leadership team is capped at a percentage of overall operating profit to prevent the risk of
excessive payout of the Company’s operating profit.

Š The individual payout under our annual cash incentive program for our executive and

leadership team is further capped so that no participant may receive a payout of greater than
250% of his or her target payout.

Š Long-term incentives are awarded to our executive officers in the form of equity awards that
vest over a significant period of time, typically three or four years. The vesting period is
intended to align the interests of our executive officers with the long-term interests of
stockholders and to provide an incentive for our executive officers to remain with the
Company.

Š Long-term incentives are typically granted annually so our executive officers will have

unvested awards that may decrease in value if our business is not managed with long-term
goals in mind.

Š We use a mix of stock options and RSUs to create an overall long-term incentive package that
aligns with stockholder interests, appropriately balances risk and performance, and provides
competitive incentives for the purpose of executive retention.

Š The Compensation Committee retains an independent compensation consultant and uses

market data, when available, to inform our focus on pay for performance.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Fiscal Year 2014 Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides certain summary information concerning the compensation awarded to,
earned by, or paid to our Named Executive Officers. The table sets forth compensation for services
rendered by our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended March 29, 2014, March 30, 2013;
and March 31, 2012 as applicable.

Name and Principal
Position

(a)

Jason P. Rhode,
President and Chief
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case, Vice
President, Chief
Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer

Scott A. Anderson,
Senior Vice President and
General Manager,
Mixed-Signal Audio Division

Gregory S. Thomas, Vice
President, General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Jo-Dee Benson, Vice
President and Chief
Culture Officer

Year

(b)

2014
2013
2012

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
($)
(g)

All Other
Compensation
($)
(i)

Salary
($)
(c)

$575,000
500,000
453,415

$298,700
280,057
263,943

Bonus
($)
(d)

$ —
—
1,300

$ —
—
—

(5)

Stock
Awards(1)
($)
(e)

Option
Awards(1)
($)
(f)

$ 700,200
1,169,700
577,875

$1,155,587
2,162,115
1,085,968

$ 233,400
389,900
192,625

$ 210,108
393,113
201,106

$ 819,112
1,150,176
572,470

$ 219,466
327,029
202,105

$309,575
294,125
279,293

$ —
—
—

$ 280,080
467,880
269,675

$ 252,128
471,734
281,548

$ 229,182
342,934
211,935

$302,375
287,750
280,500

$ —
—
15,000

(15)

$ 233,400
389,900
231,150

$ 210,108
393,113
241,326

$ 222,723
339,604
209,877

Total
($)
(j)

$3,259,319
4,990,994
2,700,229

$ 973,641
1,398,600
868,304

$1,075,893
1,580,390
1,045,726

$ 978,757
1,419,479
987,037

$ 9,420
9,003
9,201

$11,967
8,502
8,525

(3)

(4)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

$ 4,928
3,717
3,275

$10,151
9,111
9,184

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

(16)

2014

$291,165

$ —

$ 210,060

$ 189,096

$ 213,664

$10,985

(17)

$ 914,970

(1) The amounts reported in the column entitled “Stock Awards” represents the RSUs granted to the Named
Executive Officers, and the amounts reported in the column entitled “Option Awards” represent the stock
options granted to the Named Executive Officers; in each case, the value reported is the aggregate grant date
fair value calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding any assumptions regarding potential
forfeitures. The assumptions underlying the calculation under FASB ASC Topic 718 are discussed under
Note 12, Equity Compensation, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29,
2014.

(2) The amounts reported in this column, “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation,” represent the amounts

earned for fiscal year 2014 under the Incentive Plan, which is described in further detail in the
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Annual Cash Incentive Awards” section of this proxy statement.
Payments earned in the second semi-annual period of fiscal year 2014 are included in the table above for
fiscal year 2014 but were paid in fiscal year 2015.

(3) This amount includes $8,188 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $660 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Dr. Rhode, and $572 in tax
gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(4) This amount includes $7,771 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $660 associated with the

(5) This amount was awarded pursuant to the Company’s Patent Incentive Program.
(6) This amount includes $7,923 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $685 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Dr. Rhode, and $593 in tax
gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.
(7) This amount includes $8,618 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $2,787 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Case, and $562 in tax
gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(8) This amount includes $5,336 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $2,632 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Case, and $534 in tax
gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long term disability plan.
(9) This amount includes $5,447 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $2,557 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Case, and $521 in tax
gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(10) This amount includes $4,357 associated with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life

insurance for the benefit of Mr. Anderson, and $571 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company
with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(11) This amount includes $3,162 associated with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life

insurance for the benefit of Mr. Anderson, and $555 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company
with respect to the Company’s long term disability plan.

(12) This amount reflects $2,723 associated with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life

insurance for the benefit of Mr. Anderson, and $552 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company
with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(13) This amount includes $8,603 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $981 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Thomas, and $567 in
tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability
plan.

(14) This amount includes $7,617 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $946 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Thomas, and $548 in
tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long term disability plan.

(15) This amount was awarded as a discretionary bonus in lieu of an annual salary increase.
(16) This amount includes $7,674 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $955 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Thomas, and $555 in
tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability
plan.

(17) This amount includes $8,607 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $1,824 associated with the

value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Ms. Benson, and $554 in
tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability
plan.

Fiscal Year 2014 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the fiscal year
ended March 29, 2014, to our Named Executive Officers. All of the stock options and RSUs reflected in the table
were granted under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Each stock option has a maximum term of ten years, subject
to earlier termination if the optionee’s services are terminated. Unless noted, the exercisability of options vests
with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the option one year after the date of grant and with respect to the
remaining shares underlying the option thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments. The exercise price of each
stock option is equal to the closing price of common stock as reported on Nasdaq on the date of grant. The RSUs
will vest with respect to 100% of the shares of common stock underlying the award on the third anniversary of
the grant date. Holders of RSUs are not eligible to receive any dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to
outstanding RSUs. Special accelerated vesting provisions applicable to the equity awards upon a Named
Executive Officer’s termination of employment or upon a change of control of the Company are described below
under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control.”

The amounts reported in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” column
below set forth potential payouts under the Company’s 2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor
Incentive Plan, which is described further at page 38.

Name

Grant
Date (1)

Approval
Date (1)

Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(2)

(a)

(b)

10/2/2013
10/2/2013

9/16/2013
9/16/2013

Jason P. Rhode,
President and Chief
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case,
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting Officer

10/2/2013
10/2/2013

9/16/2013
9/16/2013

Scott A. Anderson,
Senior Vice President and General
Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Division

10/2/2013
10/2/2013

9/16/2013
9/16/2013

Gregory S. Thomas,
Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary

Jo-Dee Benson,
Vice President and Chief
Culture Officer

10/2/2013
10/2/2013

9/16/2013
9/16/2013

10/2/2013
10/2/2013

9/16/2013
9/16/2013

Threshold
($)
(c)

Target
($)
(d)

Maximum
($)
(e)

$156,250

$625,000

$1,562,500

$ 38,425

$153,700

$ 384,250

$ 39,269

$157,075

$ 392,688

$ 38,719

$154,875

$ 387,188

$ 37,541

$150,165

$ 375,413

Grant
Date
Fair
Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards(3)

Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards
($/Sh)

(k)

(l)

All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units

(#)
(i)

30,000

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Option
(#)
(j)

110,000

$23.34

20,000

$23.34

24,000

$23.34

20,000

$23.34

18,000

$23.34

10,000

12,000

10,000

9,000

$ 700,200
1,155,587

$ 233,400
210,108

$ 280,080
252,128

$ 233,400
210,108

$ 210,060
189,096

(1) The Company’s policy is to grant equity awards on the first Wednesday of the month (the

“Monthly Grant Date”) after the Compensation Committee approves the award. If the Monthly
Grant Date occurs on a Company holiday, or on other days that the Company or Nasdaq is closed
for business, the Monthly Grant Date is the next regularly scheduled business day when the
Company and Nasdaq are open for business.

(2) The amounts reported above reflect potential payment amounts under the Incentive Plan for fiscal

year 2014. Actual amounts paid under the Incentive Plan for the 2014 fiscal year are reported in
the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column to the Summary Compensation Table
above. Payments may be made under the Incentive Plan only if Operating Profit Margin
thresholds are achieved (as described further at page 39). The threshold amounts reported above
reflect the minimum amount payable assuming achievement of the Operating Profit Margin
threshold. The target amounts reported above reflect the target amount awarded to each Named
Executive Officer which is equal to 50% of annual base salary for the CEO and 25% of annual
base salary for the other Named Executive Officers. The maximum amounts reported above and
payable under the Incentive Plan represent 250% of the target amount for each Named Executive
Officer.

(3) This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the equity awards computed in

accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The
assumptions underlying the calculation under FASB ASC Topic 718 are discussed under Note 12,
Equity Compensation, in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014.

Fiscal Year 2014 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table provides information concerning the outstanding equity award holdings of our
Named Executive Officers as of March 29, 2014.

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Name

(a)

Jason P. Rhode,
President and Chief
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case,
Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting
Officer

Scott A. Anderson,
Senior Vice President
and General Manager,
Mixed-Signal Audio
Division

Gregory S. Thomas,
Vice President,
General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Jo-Dee Benson,
Vice President and
Chief Culture Officer

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#)

(d)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable(1)
(#)

(b)
30,000
325,000
19,048
255,000
115,311
81,562

38,958

(c)

—
—
—
—
19,689
53,438

71,042

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

(e)
$ 8.06
$ 7.87
$ 5.25
$ 5.55
$16.25
$15.41

(f)
3/1/2016
6/6/2017
10/1/2018
10/7/2019
10/6/2020
10/5/2021

$38.99

10/3/2022

—

110,000

$23.34

10/2/2023

29,615
50,000
70,000
21,353
15,104

7,083

—

90,000
29,894
21,145

8,500

—

29,752
90,000
27,332
18,125

7,083

—

35,000
21,353
15,104

6,375

—

—
—
—
3,647
9,896

12,917

20,000

—
5,106
13,855

15,500

24,000

—
—
4,668
11,875

12,917

20,000

—
3,647
9,896

11,625

18,000

$ 6.51
$ 5.25
$ 5.55
$16.25
$15.41

10/3/2017
10/1/2018
10/7/2019
10/6/2020
10/5/2021

$38.99

10/3/2022

$23.34

10/2/2023

$ 5.55
$16.25
$15.41

10/7/2019
10/6/2020
10/5/2021

$38.99

10/3/2022

$23.34

10/2/2023

$ 5.25
$ 5.55
$16.25
$15.41

10/1/2018
10/7/2019
10/6/2020
10/5/2021

$38.99

10/3/2022

$23.34

10/2/2023

$ 5.55
$16.25
$15.41

10/7/2019
10/6/2020
10/5/2021

$38.99

10/3/2022

$23.34

10/2/2023

Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(2)
(#)

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested(3)
($)

(g)

(h)

37,500

$732,000

30,000

$585,600

30,000

$585,600

12,500

$244,000

10,000

$195,200

10,000

$195,200

17,500

$341,600

12,000

$234,240

12,000

$234,240

15,000

$292,800

10,000

$195,200

10,000

$195,200

12,500

$244,000

9,000

$175,680

9,000

$175,680

(1) Unless otherwise noted within this table, all stock options vest over four years, with one-year cliff
vesting for 25% of the options on the first anniversary of the grant date, and 1/36 of the remaining
options vesting on a monthly basis over the following three years.

(2) All RSUs vest for 100% of the shares underlying the award on the third anniversary of the grant

date.

(3) The market value of unvested RSUs reported in column (h) is calculated by multiplying the

number of shares of common stock subject to each award reported in column (g) by the closing
market price of common stock on March 28, 2014 (the last trading day of fiscal year 2014), which
was $19.52.

Fiscal Year 2014 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table

The following table provides information on the value realized by each Named Executive Officer as a
result of options that were exercised and stock awards that vested during the Company’s 2014 fiscal
year.

Name

(a)

Jason P. Rhode, President
and Chief Executive Officer
Thurman K. Case, Vice
President, Chief Financial
Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
Scott A. Anderson, Senior
Vice President and General
Manager, Mixed-Signal
Audio Division
Gregory S. Thomas, Vice
President, General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary
Jo-Dee Benson, Vice
President and Chief Culture
Officer

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
(b)

Value Realized on
Exercise(1)
($)
(c)

Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
(d)

Value Realized on
Vesting(2)
($)
(e)

108,871

$1,826,615

37,500

$881,250

12,275

$ 187,587

12,500

$293,750

101,967

$1,590,151

17,500

$411,250

—

16,000

$376,000

12,500

$293,750

(1) The value realized on the exercise of stock options was computed by determining the difference

between the market price of common stock underlying each option on the date of exercise and the
exercise price of the options for each share exercised.

(2) The value realized on the vesting of stock awards was computed by multiplying the number of
shares acquired on vesting (column d) by the market price of common stock on the date of
vesting.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The Company does not sponsor or maintain either a defined benefit pension plan or a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan for the benefit of our executive officers.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.
The Company does not maintain individual employment, severance, or change of control agreements
with our Named Executive Officers; however, the Company does maintain the 2007 Severance Plan,
which provides for certain payments and benefits to individuals employed by the Company and its
subsidiaries at the level of Chief Executive Officer and Vice President or above and reporting directly to
the Chief Executive Officer (“Eligible Executives”) in the event that the employment of such an
executive officer is involuntarily terminated other than for cause or in certain circumstances following a
change of control of the Company. The 2007 Severance Plan became effective on October 1, 2007. Each
of our Named Executive Officers is considered an Eligible Executive under the 2007 Severance Plan.

The Company maintains the 2007 Severance Plan because we believe it helps to ensure that we are able
to attract and retain top talent. Further, we believe that our the 2007 Severance Plan provides a level of
stability for our executives during volatile business conditions that have historically existed so that they
remain focused on their responsibilities and the long-term interests of the Company during such times.

The 2007 Severance Plan provides that, in the event of an Eligible Executive’s involuntary termination
of employment by the Company other than for “cause,” he or she will be eligible to receive: (i) a
continuation of base salary for a period of up to six months (up to 12 months in the case of our CEO)
following termination of employment, and (ii) payment in full of a reasonable estimate of COBRA
premiums for three months (collectively, the “Termination Payment”).

The 2007 Severance Plan further provides that, if an Eligible Executive’s employment is terminated
either by the Company without “cause” or by the Eligible Executive for “good reason” within 12
months following a “change of control” (as each such term is defined below for purposes of the 2007
Severance Plan) of the Company, he or she will be eligible to receive a “Change of Control
Termination Payment,” which is comprised of: (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months’ base
salary (but in the case of our CEO, 24 months’ base salary), (ii) acceleration in full of any unvested
stock options or any other securities or similar incentive awards that have been granted or issued to
him or her as of the employment termination date, and (iii) payment in full of a reasonable estimate of
COBRA premiums for 12 months. In addition, the Eligible Executive will have until six months from
the employment termination date to exercise any vested options, except that no option will be
exercisable after the option’s original expiration date.

In the event of an Eligible Executive’s death or “disability” (as such term is defined below for purposes
of the 2007 Severance Plan), the Eligible Executive or his or her estate, as applicable, will receive the
Termination Payment described above. If the death or disability has occurred within 12 months
following a change of control of the Company, he or she or his or her estate, as applicable, will receive
the Change of Control Termination Payment described above.

For purposes of the 2007 Severance Plan:

“cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of an executive
officer’s duties; (ii) a material and willful violation of any federal or state law that if made public
would injure the business or reputation of the Company; (iii) a refusal or willful failure to comply
with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company or the material policies and procedures
of the Company including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct and the Company’s
Insider Trading Policy as well as any obligations concerning proprietary rights and confidential
information of the Company; (iv) a conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere ) of a felony,
or of a misdemeanor that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s goodwill if the
executive officer were to continue to be retained as an employee of the Company; or (v) a
substantial and continuing willful refusal to perform duties ordinarily performed by an employee
in the same position and having similar duties as the executive officer.

“good reason” means: (i) without the executive officer’s express written consent, a material
reduction of the executive officer’s duties, authority, or responsibilities relative to the
executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such
reduction; (ii) a material reduction by the Company in the base salary of an executive officer
as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (iii) the relocation of an executive officer’s
principal work location to a facility or a location more than 50 miles from executive officer’s
then present principal work location. “Good reason” shall not exist unless the executive officer
provides written notice of the circumstances alleged to give rise to good reason within 30 days
of their occurrence and the Company (or our successor) fails to cure such circumstances
within 30 days.

“disability” means a mental or physical disability, illness or injury, evidenced by medical
reports from a duly qualified medical practitioner, which renders an Eligible Executive unable
to perform any one or more of the essential duties of his or her position after the provision of
reasonable accommodation, if applicable, for a period of greater than ninety (90) days within a
one year period.

“change of control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following with respect to the
Company: (i) the acquisition by any person (or related group of persons), whether by tender or
exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders, open market purchases or any
other transaction or series of transactions, of stock of the Company that, together with stock of
the Company held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market
value or total voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Company entitled to vote
generally in the election of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors; (ii) a merger or
consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in
which both (A) securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of
the surviving entity are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, immediately after such
merger or consolidation by persons who beneficially owned common stock of the Company
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, and (B) the members of the Board of
Directors immediately prior to the transaction (the “Existing Board”) constitute a majority of
the Board of Directors immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iii) any reverse
merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which either (A) persons who
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, common stock of the Company immediately prior to
such reverse merger do not retain immediately after such reverse merger direct or indirect
beneficial ownership of securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total
combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities or (B) the members of the
existing Board do not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors immediately after such
reverse merger; or (iv) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company (other than a sale, transfer or other disposition to one or more
subsidiaries of the Company).

The 2007 Severance Plan may not be amended or terminated without the consent of any Eligible
Executive during the one year prior to or following the occurrence of a change in control, if such
amendment would be adverse to the interest of such Eligible Executive. If any payment or benefit
under the 2007 Severance Plan would be a “parachute payment” (within the meaning of Section 280G
of the IRC) and would therefore result in the imposition of an excise tax, an Eligible Executive’s
payments and benefits will not exceed the amount that produces the greatest after-tax benefit to the
executive.

To receive payments and benefits under the 2007 Severance Plan, an Eligible Executive must execute a
release of all claims against the Company. If the Eligible Executive is considered a “specified
employee” under Section 409A of the IRC at the time of his or her termination of employment, any
amounts payable under the 2007 Severance Plan will be delayed for a period of six months if it is
determined that such a delay is necessary in order to prevent the payment from imposing excise taxes
on the executive officer.

In addition, a participant in the Incentive Plan, as described further in the Compensation Discussion
and Analysis of this proxy statement, may also receive payments upon termination of employment or a
change of control. Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, a participant, including each of our Named Executive
Officers, must be continuously employed through the last day of the applicable semi-annual
performance period and through the date that cash bonuses under the Incentive Plan for such semi-
annual performance period are actually paid. However, participants whose employment terminates due
to death or “disability” during a semi-annual performance period will be eligible to receive a pro rata
cash bonus payment based on the number of days the participant was employed during that semi-
annual performance period and the Company’s actual performance during the semi-annual
performance period. The pro rata bonus amount will be paid to the terminated participant on or before
the 15th day of the third month after the later of (i) the last day of the calendar year in which such
participant died or incurred a “disability” or (ii) the last day of the Company’s taxable year in which
such participant died or incurred a “disability.” In addition, if a change of control occurs and our
successor does not assume or comparably replace the Incentive Plan, each participant will receive a pro
rata cash payment of his or her target bonus, based on the number of calendar days completed in the
current semi-annual performance period prior to the occurrence of the change of control.

For purposes of the Incentive Plan:

“disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in accordance with the
Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan.

“change of control” means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Company’s assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any
person, entity or group of persons acting in concert, (ii) any “person” (as such term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becoming the
“beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by
the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, or (iii) consummation of a merger or
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation
that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior
thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into
voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the voting power
represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or parent)
outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

The discussion and tables below present an estimate of the amount of compensation and/or other benefits
payable to our Named Executive Officers in the event of their termination of employment and/or in the
event of a change of control of the Company. The amounts disclosed assume that such termination and/or
the occurrence of such change of control was effective as of March 29, 2014, the last day of fiscal year
2014. The amounts below have been calculated using assumptions that we believe to be reasonable,
which assumptions are described in more detail below. The actual amounts that would be paid out under
each scenario depend on various factors, which may or may not exist at the time a Named Executive
Officer’s employment is actually terminated and/or a change of control actually occurs. Therefore, such
amounts and disclosures should be considered “forward-looking statements.”

The estimated amount payable to each of our Named Executive Officers pursuant to the 2007
Severance Plan and the Incentive Plan in the event of an involuntary termination of employment by the
Company other than for cause, or due to the Named Executive Officer’s death or disability, in each
case, assuming such termination occurred on March 29, 2014, is set forth in the table below:

Name

Salary
Continuation(1)

Health Benefits
(up to 3 months)(2)

Cash Bonus
Under
Incentive Plan(3)

Total

Jason P. Rhode, President
and Chief Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case, Vice
President, Chief Financial
Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer

Scott A. Anderson, Senior
Vice President and General
Manager, Mixed-Signal
Audio Division

Gregory S. Thomas, Vice
President, General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Jo-Dee Benson, Vice
President and Chief
Culture Officer

625,000

153,700

3,262

2,743

223,463

54,953

851,725

211,396

157,075

2,832

56,160

216,067

154,875

4,135

150,165

3,262

55,374

214,384

53,690

207,117

(1) The salary continuation payment for our CEO represents the value of 12 months of his base

salary, based on his base salary level in effect on March 29, 2014. For each of the other Named
Executive Officers, the amount is based on six months of base salary, at the level in effect on
March 29, 2014.

(2) The valuation of the healthcare benefits has been computed based on an estimate of the COBRA
payments required for the three-month period payable by the Company at the rates in effect as of
March 29, 2014.

(3) The Named Executive Officers would only receive the payments enumerated in this column in the
event of a termination due to death or disability. In the event the Named Executive Officer’s
employment terminated for any other reason, the executive would forfeit these amounts because
the executive would not be employed with the Company on the date of payment. On the Named
Executive Officer’s termination due to death or disability the executive would be entitled to a pro-
rata payment of their bonus under the Incentive Plan. Because March 29, 2014 is the last day of
the semi-annual performance period, the executive would be entitled to a full payment of the
semi-annual bonus. As such, the cash bonus under the Incentive Plan has been computed based on
the amount that was actually paid under the Incentive Plan for the semi-annual performance
period ending on March 29, 2014.

The estimated amount payable to each of our Named Executive Officers pursuant to (i) the Incentive
Plan in the event of a change of control in which the Incentive Plan is not assumed or comparably
replaced, and (ii) the 2007 Severance Plan in the event of termination of employment following a
change of control of the Company either other than for cause by the Company, by the executive officer
for good reason, or due to the executive officer’s death or disability, is set forth in the table below. The
possible application of any cutback required under the 2007 Severance Plan due to the operation of
Sections 280G and 4999 of the IRC has not been included in these calculations:

Name

Lump
Sum
Payment(1)

Accelerated
Vesting
of
Unvested Equity(2)

Health
Benefits
(up to 12 months)(3)

Cash Bonus
Under
Incentive Plan(4)

Total

Jason P. Rhode, President and
Chief Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case, Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer

Scott A. Anderson, Senior Vice
President and General Manager,
Mixed-Signal Audio Division

Gregory S. Thomas, Vice
President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary

Jo-Dee Benson, Vice President and
Chief Culture Officer

1,250,000

$2,187,213

$13,049

$312,500

$3,762,763

$ 307,400

$ 686,998

$10,971

$ 76,850

$1,082,219

$ 314,150

$ 883,721

$11,328

$ 78,538

$1,287,736

$ 309,750

$ 747,271

$16,540

$ 77,438

$1,150,998

$ 300,330

$ 647,958

$13,049

$ 75,083

$1,036,420

(1) The lump sum salary payment for our CEO represents the value of 24 months of his base salary,

based on his base salary level in effect on March 29, 2014. For each of the other Named
Executive Officers, the amount is based on 12 months of base salary, at the level in effect on
March 29, 2014.

(2) The valuation of accelerated vesting of unvested equity has been computed based on: (1) the

estimated value that would have been realized based on the difference between the exercise price
of the options that were subject to accelerated vesting and the closing market price of our common
stock on March 28, 2014 (the last trading day prior to March 29, 2014), which was $19.52, and
(2) the value of RSUs subject to accelerated vesting based on that same closing market price.
(3) The valuation of healthcare benefits is based on an estimate of the COBRA payments required for

the 12-month period payable by the Company at the rates in effect as of March 29, 2014.

(4) The figures in this column represent a pro rata cash payment of each Named Executive Officer’s
target bonus under the Incentive Plan, based on the number of calendar days completed in the
semi-annual performance period prior to the occurrence of the change of control. Because the
change in control is deemed to occur on the last day of the fiscal year, the figures above represent
the full target bonus for each Named Executive Officer under the Incentive Plan.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table provides information about common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of
options, warrants, and rights under all of the Company’s existing equity compensation plans as of
March 29, 2014, including the 1996 Stock Plan, the 2002 Stock Option Plan, and the 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan:

Equity Compensation Plans
Approved by Security Holders(1)(4)
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved
by Security Holders(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,034,000

(A)
Number of
Securities to be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options

(B)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options

5,867,000(2)

$ 7.70(3)

167,000

$ 6.41

$7.67

(1) The Company’s stockholders have approved the Company’s 1996 Stock Plan and the 2006

(2)

Stock Incentive Plan.
Includes 2,309,220 shares granted under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan that are issuable upon
the vesting of the outstanding RSUs.

(3) The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the shares issuable upon the

vesting of the outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price.

(4) The Board discontinued the grant of future awards under the option plans that we assumed in
connection with our past acquisitions; as a result, the shares authorized for grant under these
plans have not been included in the total shares remaining available for future issuance. As
of March 29, 2014, the Company was granting equity awards only under the 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan. Approximately 1,641,150 shares have been deducted from the shares
available for future issuance under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan due to a 1.5 full value
award multiplier applied to restricted stock awards and RSUs granted pursuant to the 2006
Stock Incentive Plan.
In August 2002, the Board approved the 2002 Stock Option Plan, which permits awards of
fair market value stock options to non-executive employees. As of July 2006, when our
stockholders approved the adoption of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, we canceled all
remaining options available for grant under the 2002 Stock Option Plan.

(5)

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
OF THE BOARD

The Audit Committee is comprised solely of independent directors, as defined by the applicable
Nasdaq listing standards and rules of the SEC, and it operates under a written charter adopted by the
Board, which is provided as Exhibit B to this proxy statement and is available under the Corporate
Governance section of our “Investors” page on our website at investor.cirrus.com. The composition of
the Audit Committee, the attributes of its members, and the responsibilities of the Audit Committee, as
reflected in its charter, are intended to comply with applicable requirements for corporate audit
committees. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act added provisions to federal law to strengthen the authority of,
and increase the responsibility of, corporate audit committees. In 2004, Nasdaq also adopted, and the
SEC approved, additional rules concerning audit committee structure, membership, authority, and
responsibility. The Audit Committee amended and restated its charter in response to the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act and the Nasdaq listing standards, and continues to review and assess the adequacy of its
charter on an annual basis, and will revise it to comply with other new rules and regulations as they are
adopted.

As described more fully in its charter, the primary focus of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board
in its general oversight of the Company’s financial reporting, internal control, and audit functions.
Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation, and integrity of the Company’s financial
statements; accounting and financial reporting principles; internal controls; and procedures designed to
assure compliance with accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young, is responsible for performing an
independent audit of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”).

In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Nasdaq listing standards, the Audit Committee has
ultimate authority and responsibility to select, compensate, evaluate and, when appropriate, replace the
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

The Audit Committee serves an oversight role for the Board in which it provides advice, counsel, and
direction to management and the auditors on the basis of the information it receives, discussions with
management and the auditors, and the experience of the Audit Committee’s members in business,
financial and accounting matters. The Audit Committee members are not professional auditors, and
their functions are not intended to duplicate or to certify the activities of management and the
independent auditors, nor can the Audit Committee certify that the independent auditors are
“independent” under applicable rules.

In this context, the Audit Committee has met and held discussions with management and Ernst &
Young. Management represented to the Audit Committee that the audited financial statements of the
Company contained in the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended March 29,
2014, were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and the Audit
Committee has reviewed and discussed the consolidated financial statements with management and the
independent auditors. The Audit Committee discussed with Ernst & Young matters required to be
discussed by Auditing Standards No. 16, Communications with Audit Committees as required by the
PCAOB.

The Audit Committee has received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from Ernst &
Young required by PCAOB Rule 3526 regarding the independent accountant’s communications with
the Audit Committee concerning independence, and the Audit Committee discussed with Ernst &
Young the firm’s independence. In addition, the Audit Committee has considered whether the
provision of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining Ernst & Young’s independence.

Based upon the Audit Committee’s discussions with management and the independent auditors, the
Audit Committee’s review of the representations of management, and the report of the independent
auditors to the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee recommended that the Board include the
audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended March 29, 2014, as filed with the SEC.

Submitted by the Audit Committee of the Board:

Susan Wang, Chair
John C. Carter
William D. Sherman

AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Related Fees
The following table shows the fees paid or accrued by the Company for the audit and other services
provided by Ernst & Young for fiscal years 2014 and 2013. All fees were pre-approved by the Audit
Committee.

Audit Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit-Related Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Other Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2014
$625,122
200
70,701
—
$696,023

2013
$544,200
50
82,166
—
$626,416

Audit Fees. Audit services consisted of the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements
and of management’s assessment of the operating effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, the review of the Company’s
financial statements included in its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and statutory audits required
internationally.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related services generally include fees for accounting consultations and
registration statements filed with the SEC.

Tax Fees. Tax services include tax compliance services, technical tax advice, international tax
planning, administrative fees, as well as certain expatriate services.

All Other Fees. There were no other fees during fiscal year 2014 or 2013.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee has adopted a policy for the pre-approval of audit, audit-related, and non-audit
services provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

For audit and audit-related services, the independent auditor will provide the Audit Committee with an
engagement letter and estimated budget for formal acceptance and approval. A list of non-audit
services and estimated budget for such services for the upcoming fiscal year shall be submitted to the
Audit Committee by Company management for pre-approval. To ensure prompt handling of
unexpected non-budgeted non-audit related services, the Audit Committee has delegated to its Chair
the authority to amend or modify the list of approved permissible non-audit services and fees if the cost
of the service is less than $100,000. Any such unexpected services for which the cost is more than
$100,000 shall be approved by the Audit Committee. If the Chair takes any action, the Chair will report
such action to the Audit Committee at the next Audit Committee meeting.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Indemnification and Insurance. Our Bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive
officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have entered into indemnification
agreements with all of our directors and executive officers and have purchased directors’ and officers’
liability insurance.

Procedures for Review, Approval, and Ratification of Related Person Transactions. The Board
recognizes that Related Person Transactions (as defined below) can present conflicts of interest and
questions as to whether transactions are in the best interests of the Company. Accordingly, the Board
has documented and implemented certain procedures for the review, approval, or ratification of
Related Person Transactions. Pursuant to these procedures, the Audit Committee must review,
approve, or ratify any transactions with Related Persons (as defined below). When it is impractical to
wait for a scheduled Audit Committee meeting, a proposed Related Person Transaction may be
submitted to the Audit Committee Chair for approval and then subsequently reported to the Audit
Committee at the next Audit Committee meeting.

This procedure seeks to ensure that Company decisions are based on the merits of the transaction and
the interests of the Company and its stockholders. It is the Company’s preference to avoid Related
Person Transactions but when, in the course of business, transactions with related parties are
unavoidable, this procedure sets forth a methodology for considering a proposed Related Person
Transaction. The standard to be applied when evaluating a proposed Related Person Transaction is
whether such transaction is at arm’s length and on terms comparable to those terms provided to other
unrelated entities in the marketplace.

For these purposes, a “Related Person” is any person who is: (1) a director or executive officer of the
Company, (2) a nominee for director (if the information called for is being presented in a proxy or
information statement relating to the election of that nominee for director), (3) an immediate family
member of a director or executive officer of the Company, (4) an immediate family member of a
nominee for director (if the information called for is being presented in a proxy or information
statement relating to the election of that nominee for director), (5) a security holder of 5% or more of
any class of common stock (or other equity security) (if a transaction in which the person had a direct
or indirect material interest occurred or existed), or (6) an immediate family member of a security
holder of 5% or more of any class of common stock (or other equity security) (if a transaction in which
the person had a direct or indirect material interest occurred or existed).

For these purposes, a “Related Person Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement, or relationship (or
any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company (including any
of its subsidiaries) was, is, or will be a participant and in which a Related Person had, has, or will have
a direct interest. The Company has not established a materiality limit for purposes of defining a
Related Person Transaction.

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s executive officers and
directors and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities
to file an initial report of ownership on Form 3 and changes in ownership on Form 4 or 5 with the SEC.
Executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% stockholders are also required by the federal
securities rules to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on a review of copies of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 received by the Company or representations
from certain reporting persons, the Company believes that, during the fiscal year 2014, all

Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors, and greater than 10%
stockholders were met in a timely manner except for the vesting of Restricted Stock Units to the
following executive officers: Dr. Jason Rhode, Thurman K. Case, Gregory Scott Thomas, Jo-Dee M.
Benson, Randolph Carlson, Timothy R. Turk, Thomas Stein, and Scott A. Anderson that occurred on
October 2, 2013. Due to administrative error, these filings were not made until on or about
November 8, 2013.

HOUSEHOLDING

The SEC has adopted rules that permit companies and intermediaries (such as stockbrokers) to
implement a delivery procedure called “householding.” Under this procedure, multiple stockholders
who reside at the same address may receive a single copy of our annual report and proxy materials,
including the Notice of Internet Availability of proxy materials, unless the affected stockholder has
provided contrary instructions. This procedure reduces printing costs and postage fees.

This year, we expect that a number of stockbrokers with account holders who beneficially own
common stock will be “householding” our annual report and proxy materials, including the Notice of
Internet Availability of the proxy materials. A single Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy
materials and, if applicable, a single set of annual report and other proxy materials will be delivered to
multiple stockholders sharing an address unless contrary instructions have been received from the
affected stockholders. Once you have received notice from your stockbroker that it will be
“householding” communications to your address, “householding” will continue until you are notified
otherwise or until you revoke your consent. Stockholders may revoke their consent at any time by
contacting Broadridge ICS, either by calling toll-free (800) 542-1061, or by writing to Broadridge ICS,
Householding Department, 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, New York 11717.

If you contact Broadridge ICS using the contact information above, we will promptly deliver to you a
separate copy of our Annual Report, Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials, and the
proxy materials for the 2014 Annual Meeting, and for future meetings, if you so request. Please also
contact Broadridge ICS if you wish to request delivery of a single copy of those materials if you
currently receive multiple copies.

COMMUNICATING WITH US

Communicating with the Board
If you would like to contact the Board, including a Committee, you may write to the following address:

Board of Directors
c/o Corporate Secretary
Cirrus Logic, Inc.
800 W. Sixth Street
Austin, Texas 78701

The Corporate Secretary or Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee, as appropriate,
reviews all correspondence addressed to the Board and regularly forwards to the Board all such
correspondence that, in the opinion of the Corporate Secretary or Chair of the Governance and
Nominating Committee, deals with the functions of the Board or the Committees. Directors may at any
time review a log of all correspondence received by the Company that is addressed to the Board or
individual Board members. Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls, or auditing issues will be
immediately brought to the attention of the Chair of the Audit Committee.

Other Communications
If you would like to receive information about the Company, you may use one of these convenient
methods:

To have information such as our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q mailed to you, please call our Investor Relations Department at (512) 851-4125.

To view our home page on the Internet, use our website address: www.cirrus.com. Our home page
provides you access to product, marketing and financial data, job listings, and an online version of
this proxy statement, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other filings with the SEC.

If you would like to write to us, please send your correspondence to the following address:

Cirrus Logic, Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
800 W. Sixth Street
Austin, TX 78701

If you would like to inquire about stock transfer requirements, lost certificates, and change of
stockholder address, please contact our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services, at (877) 373-
6374 (toll free) or (781) 575-2879 or by email to shareholder@computershare.com. You may also visit
their website at www.computershare.com for step-by-step transfer instructions.

If you would like to report any inappropriate, illegal, or criminal conduct by any employee, agent, or
representative of the Company; any violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct; or any complaint or
concern regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, you may file an
anonymous and confidential report by contacting EthicsPoint, an independent reporting system
provider, by telephone at 1-866-384-4277 (1-866-ETHICSP), or through its website at
www.ethicspoint.com.

ANNUAL REPORT

On May 28, 2014, we filed with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
March 29, 2014. The Annual Report on Form 10-K has been provided concurrently with this proxy
statement to all stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Annual Meeting.

Stockholders may also obtain a copy of the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any of our other SEC
reports, free of charge, (1) from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov , (2) from our website at
investor.cirrus.com, or (3) by writing to Investor Relations, Cirrus Logic, Inc., 800 W. Sixth Street,
Austin, TX 78701. The Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated into this proxy statement and
is not considered proxy solicitation material.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Jason P. Rhode
President and Chief Executive Officer
Austin, Texas
June 2, 2014

ANNEX

INCENTIVE PLAN RECONCILIATION

Net Revenue
Cost of Sales
Gross Profit
Total Operating Expenses
Total Operating Income

Operating Income Percentage
Operating Income Reconciliation
GAAP Operating Income
Amortization of acquisition intangibles
Stock compensation expense – COGS
Stock compensation expense – Opex
Other adjustments **
Bonus VCP, Executive, Leadership Plan Exclusion – COGS
Bonus VCP, Executive, Leadership Plan Exclusion – Opex
Non GAAP Operating Income Used for Bonus Plans
Non GAAP Operating Income Percentage Used for Bonus Plans

6 Months Ended

2H’14
$368,543
$191,325
$177,218
$104,373
$ 72,845

1H’14
$345,796
$166,850
$178,946
$ 96,776
$ 82,171

20%

24%

$ 72,845
492
$
$
619
$ 10,943
(14)
$
336
$
$
4,111
$ 89,332

$ 82,171
—
$
$
245
$ 11,268
111
$
729
$
$
7,970
$102,493

24%

30%

** Other adjustments may include certain litigation expenses, facility charges, patent agreements,

international sales reorganizations, or other.

EXHIBIT A: CHARTER OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS

Cirrus Logic, Inc.

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) has constituted and
established a Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) with the authority,
responsibility and specific duties as described in this Compensation Committee Charter (this
“Charter”).

I. Purpose

The primary purpose of the Compensation Committee is to (i) review and recommend to the
Independent Directors of the Board of Directors (as hereinafter defined) for approval the compensation
of directors, (ii) review and approve the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and
other executive officers who are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (“Executive Officers”), (iii) review the Company’s general compensation
policies for other employees on an annual basis, and (iv) produce an annual report on executive
compensation for public disclosure in the Company’s proxy statement or otherwise as required by
applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

The purposes and provisions specified in this Charter are meant to serve as guidelines, and the
Compensation Committee is delegated the authority to adopt additional procedures and standards as it
deems necessary from time to time to fulfill its responsibilities. Nothing herein is intended to expand
applicable standards of liability under state or federal law for directors of a corporation.

II. Appointment

The members of the Compensation Committee shall be designated by the Board consistent with the
following requirements:

Š The Compensation Committee shall consist of three or more directors, as determined by the

Board.

Š Each member of the Compensation Committee shall satisfy the applicable independence

requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Nasdaq Stock
Market LLC (“Nasdaq”).

Compensation Committee members shall be designated annually by the Board. Members shall serve
until the successors shall be duly designated and qualified. Any member may be removed at any time,
with or without cause, by a majority of the Board then in office. Any vacancy in the Compensation
Committee occurring for any cause whatsoever may be filled by a majority of the Board then in office.

The Compensation Committee’s chairperson shall be designated by the Board, or if it does not do so,
the Compensation Committee members shall elect a chairperson by vote of a majority of the
Compensation Committee. A majority of the members of the Compensation Committee shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at
which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee may form and delegate authority to subcommittees when appropriate.
For example, in the event that not all of the members of the Compensation Committee are “outside
directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the
Compensation Committee may authorize a subcommittee of not less than two members who are
“outside directors” to review and approve all elements of performance-based compensation that may
require approval by a committee of “outside directors” in order for such compensation to qualify for
deductibility under Section 162(m) and related regulations.

A-1

III. Duties and Responsibilities

The Compensation Committee shall have the power and authority of the Board to perform the
following duties and to fulfill the following responsibilities:

1. Review and approve the corporate performance goals and targets relevant to the Company’s

Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan.

2. Review and approve for the Chief Executive and other Executive Officers of the Company
the following: (a) compensation policies; (b) annual base salary compensation; (c) bonus or
incentive plan(s), (d) perquisites; (e) employment agreements, severance arrangements and
change in control agreements/provisions; and (f) any other special or supplemental benefits
or compensation applicable to the Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Officers to
ensure that such items are aligned with the Company’s objectives and stockholder interests.
In reviewing and approving the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer and other
Executive Officers, the Committee may consider any factors considered appropriate by the
Committee, including, but not limited to: (a) Company performance; (b) individual
performance; (c) external pay practices of competitors and similarly situated companies;
(d) the strategic importance of the officer’s position, as well as internal pay equity and the
officer’s time in the position; and (e) the results of any recent stockholder advisory vote on
executive compensation (the “say-on-pay vote”). The Company’s Chief Executive Officer
may not be present during voting or deliberations by the Committee on his or her
compensation.

3. Review on an annual basis the Company’s general compensation policies and programs

applicable to non-executive employees of the Company.

4. Review annually the Company’s bonus, incentive and other benefit plans. Review and
recommend for approval by the directors of the Board of Directors who satisfy the
independence requirements of the SEC and Nasdaq (the “Independent Directors”) any new
plans, and amendments and modifications to any existing plan, that include
executive officers as participants in the plan and/or are subject to applicable stockholder
approval requirements.

5. Administer the Company’s various equity plans, review and approve policies and procedures
for awarding grants under such plans, and review and approve option, restricted stock, stock
appreciation right and other equity-based grants to employees, the Chief Executive Officer,
and other Executive Officers.

6. Review the compensation and benefits for the Company’s non-employee directors, and

recommend for approval by the Independent Directors any changes in the compensation and
benefits.

Establish rules and regulations and perform all other administrative or management duties
required of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee by the provisions of any
compensation or benefit plan maintained by the Company.

Provide, over the names of the members of the Committee, the required Compensation
Committee report for the Company’s annual report or proxy statement for the annual meeting
of shareholders.

9. Review and discuss with the Company’s management the Compensation Discussion and

Analysis required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K, Item 402. Based
on such review and discussion, the Committee shall determine whether to recommend to the

A-2

Board of Directors of the Company that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be
included in the Company’s annual report or proxy statement for the annual meeting of
shareholders.

10. Determine and recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company a desired frequency for
say-on-pay votes to be proposed to stockholders at an annual meeting at least once every six
years and in accordance with applicable law, SEC rules and NASDAQ listing requirements.

11. Review and recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company proposed say-on-pay
resolutions to be included in the Company’s proxy statement for annual meetings of
shareholders.

12. Review and assess the adequacy of the Compensation Committee’s Charter on an annual

basis.

13. Perform any other activities consistent with this Charter and applicable law as the
Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.

IV. Meetings

The Compensation Committee shall meet at least two times annually or more frequently as necessary.
The chairperson of the Compensation Committee will preside at each meeting of the Compensation
Committee and, in consultation with other members of the Compensation Committee, shall determine
the frequency and length of each meeting and the agenda of items to be addressed at each meeting. The
chairperson will ensure that the agenda for each meeting is circulated in advance of the meeting. The
meetings will be held in accordance with applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules.

V. Reporting

The Compensation Committee will apprise the Board of Directors regularly of significant
developments in the course of performing the above responsibilities and duties, including reviewing
with the Board of Directors any issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the
Company’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements.

VI. Compensation

Each member of the Compensation Committee shall be entitled to compensation for their service on
the Committee and to reimbursement for associated reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

VII. Additional Resources and Responsibilities Regarding Advisors

To assist the Compensation Committee in fulfilling its duties, management will provide the
Compensation Committee with information and recommendations as needed and requested. If
appropriate, the Committee may hire advisors in the field of executive compensation to assist with its
evaluation of director, CEO or senior executive compensation. The Committee shall also have the
authority to obtain advice and assistance from internal or external legal, accounting or other advisors.
The Committee shall oversee the work of advisors and shall have the sole authority to retain and to
terminate such advisors, and to approve the advisors’ fees and other retention terms. The Company
shall provide appropriate funding (as determined by the Committee) for the payment of reasonable
compensation to any advisor retained by the Committee.

Before selecting or receiving advice from any new advisor, the Committee shall consider all applicable
independence standards for compensation committee advisors, including the independence criteria
specified in Rule 10C-1 of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the applicable
Nasdaq listing standards (the “Applicable Independence Standards”). In addition, the Committee shall
review the Applicable Independence Standards for all existing Committee advisors on an annual basis.

A-3

EXHIBIT B: CHARTER OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS

Statement of Policy

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) assists the
Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the quality and integrity of the
accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practices of the Company and the audits of the financial
statements of the Company, and such other duties as directed by the Board.

While the Committee has the responsibilities and powers set forth in this Charter, it is not the duty of
the Committee to plan or conduct audits or to determine that the Company’s financial statements are
complete and accurate and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of the Company’s financial
statements. Management is responsible for maintaining appropriate accounting and financial reporting
principles and policies, and internal controls and procedures designed to assure compliance with
accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.

The Company’s independent auditing firm is responsible for performing an independent audit of the
Company’s annual financial statements, and reviewing the Company’s quarterly financial statements
prior to the filing of each quarterly report on Form 10-Q.

The Committee serves a board-level oversight role in which it provides advice, counsel and direction to
management and the auditors on the basis of the information it receives, discussions with the auditors
and the experience of the Committee’s members in business, financial and accounting matters. The
Committee members are not professional accountants or auditors, and their functions are not intended
to duplicate or to certify the activities of management and the independent auditor.

Organization

The Committee shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and shall be comprised of at least three
directors who are independent of management and the Company. A Chairperson and the Committee
members shall be appointed annually by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of
Directors.

Each member of the Committee shall qualify as an “independent director” under applicable law and the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the applicable listing standards of
the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC (the “Nasdaq”).

All Committee members shall be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, and at
least one member shall be a “financial expert,” as determined by the Board in its business judgment in
accordance with applicable law and the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq listing standards.

Meetings

The Committee shall meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as necessary or appropriate.
The Committee shall meet at least annually (or more frequently as appropriate) with management and
the independent auditors in separate executive sessions to discuss any matters that the Committee or
management or the independent auditors believe should be discussed privately. In addition, the
Committee or its Chairperson shall meet quarterly with the independent auditors and management to
review the Company’s financial statements consistent with Section V below. The Committee shall
report on a regular basis its activities to the Board and shall make the recommendations to the Board as
it deems appropriate.

B-1

Resources and Authority

The Committee shall be empowered to retain, at the Company’s expense, independent counsel and
other advisors to assist it in the conduct of any investigation, or to otherwise assist the Committee in
fulfilling its responsibilities and duties, without seeking approval of the Board of Directors or
management.

In addition to the activities described herein, the Committee may perform such other functions as
necessary or appropriate under law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, and the
resolutions and other directives of the Board of Directors.

Responsibilities and Duties

1.1 Independent Auditors

The responsibilities of the Committee shall include:

1.1.1 Having the sole authority and responsibility to select (subject to stockholder

ratification), retain, compensate, oversee, evaluate and, where appropriate, terminate
the Company’s independent auditors, and the independent auditors must report
directly to the Committee.

1.1.2 Having the responsibility for resolving any disagreements between management and

the independent auditors regarding financial reporting.

1.1.3 Adopting and implementing pre-approval policies and procedures for audit and non-
audit services to be rendered by the independent auditors. The Committee may
delegate to one or more of its members the authority to pre-approve non-audit
services to be provided by the independent auditors, provided that any such pre-
approval by one or more members of the Committee shall be reported to the full
Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

1.1.4 At least annually, obtaining and reviewing with the independent auditors a written
statement as required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) Rule 3526 regarding communications
with the audit committee concerning independence. The Committee shall discuss
with the independent auditors relationships or services that in the view of the
Committee may impact the objectivity or independence of the Company’s
independent auditors and shall take, or recommend that the full Board take,
appropriate action to oversee the independence of the independent auditors.

1.1.5 Obtaining from the independent auditor assurance that it has complied with

Section 10A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

1.2 Financial Reporting

The responsibilities of the Committee shall include:

1.2.1 Reviewing with the independent auditors their audit plan, including the scope,

procedures and timing, prior to such audit.

1.2.2 Reviewing with the independent auditors and management the accounting and

reporting principles and practices applied by the Company in preparing its financial
statements.

1.2.3 Reviewing with management and the independent auditors the financial information
and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis proposed to be included in each of

B-2

the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q prior to their filing, and discussing
with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by PCAOB
Auditing Standard No. 16, Required Communications with Audit Committee
(“AS 16”). The Chair may represent the Committee for purposes of this review.

1.2.4 Reviewing before release the unaudited interim financial results in the Company’s

quarterly earnings release.

1.2.5 Reviewing with management and the independent auditors, at the completion of the
annual audit, the audited financial statements and the Management’s Discussion and
Analysis proposed to be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
prior to its filing and provide or review judgments about the quality, not only the
acceptability, of accounting principles, such other matters required to be discussed
with the independent auditors under generally accepted auditing standards, including
the matters required to be discussed by AS 16. Based on such review and discussions,
the Committee will consider whether it will recommend to the Board of Directors that
the financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1.2.6 Reviewing and approving, if appropriate, material changes to the Company’s auditing

and accounting principles and practices as suggested by the independent auditors or
management.

1.2.7 Establishing procedures for (i) the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints
received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or
auditing matters, and (ii) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of
the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

1.2.8 Evaluating the professional competency of the financial staff and the internal

auditors, as well as the quality of their performance in discharging their respective
responsibilities.

Related Party Transactions

The Committee shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions for potential
conflicts of interest situations on an ongoing basis and shall approve or disapprove all such transactions
as required by applicable Nasdaq listing standards.

Internal and Disclosure Controls

The Committee shall review any disclosures provided by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief
Financial Officer to the Committee regarding (i) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of
internal controls that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and
report financial data, and (ii) any fraud, including that which involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls. The Committee shall review
management’s assessments of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and any
material changes therein and management’s assessments of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and
procedures and any material changes therein. The Committee also shall review with the independent
auditors their assessments of the adequacy of the Company’s internal controls, and the resolution of
identified material weaknesses and reportable conditions in the internal controls, including the
prevention or detection of management override or compromise of the internal controls.

B-3

Reporting and Recommendations

The Committee will prepare the Report of the Committee for inclusion in the annual stockholders’
meeting proxy statement, as required by SEC regulations.

Funding

The Company will provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, in its capacity as
a committee of the Board, for payment of (i) compensation to any registered public accounting firm
engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or
attest services for the Company, (ii) compensation to any advisers employed by the audit committee
and (iii) other expenses of the Audit Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its
duties.

Other Duties

The Committee shall authorize an officer of the Company to certify to the Nasdaq that (i) the
Committee has adopted a formal written Charter and has reviewed and reassessed the adequacy of the
Charter on an annual basis, and (ii) the Committee has met and will continue to meet the membership
requirements set forth in this Charter.

B-4

EXHIBIT C: CHARTER OF THE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS

I. Appointment

There shall be a Governance and Nominating Committee (the “Committee”) whose members shall be
appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). All members shall be independent, as defined by
the applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC and other applicable laws and
regulations. Members shall continue to act until their successors are elected, but shall be subject to
removal at any time by a majority of the entire Board or their earlier resignation. Any resulting
vacancy may be filled by the Board. There shall be a minimum of three directors on this Committee.

II. Purpose

The Committee shall provide counsel to the Board with respect to (i) Board organization, membership,
and function, and (ii) committee structure and membership. The Committee will also be responsible for
defining the qualifications for candidates for director positions, evaluating qualified candidates,
recommending candidates to the Board for election as directors, and proposing a slate of directors for
election by stockholders at each annual meeting.

III. Powers and Duties

The Committee shall assist the Board with respect to matters relating to governance and succession, as
follows:

Establish, review and make recommendations to the Board regarding Board composition and
structure, including, without limitation:

the term of office for directors;

the size of the Board;

changes to the format of Board meetings; and

d. matters for consideration by the Board and committees.

2. Review and make recommendations to the Board regarding the nature and duties of Board

committees, including, without limitation:

the charters, duties and powers of Board committees according to existing and planned
Company objectives; and

the term of office for committee members.

Establish criteria for membership on the Board, such as particular market or geographic
experience, financial background and business experience, and coordinate recruiting new
directors, including, without limitation:

establishing Company policies relating to recruiting directors;

evaluating potential candidates for election as directors and for service on each Board
committee, including conducting the appropriate and necessary inquiries into the
backgrounds and qualifications of possible candidates; and

recommending to the Board the names of qualified persons to be nominated for election
or re-election as directors and considering suggestions for Board membership submitted
by stockholders.

4. Consider questions of possible conflicts of interest of Board members and senior executives.

C-1

5. Consider matters of corporate governance, and establish and annually review corporate

governance policies, including the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Insider
Trading Policy, and Code of Conduct.

6. Oversee an annual self-assessment of the Board’s performance as well as the performance of

each Committee of the Board.

IV. Advisors

The Committee shall have the authority to retain independent advisors to assist in carrying out its
responsibilities, as the Committee in its sole discretion deems appropriate. The Committee shall have
sole authority to approve the terms of any such engagement, including fees, with funding provided by
the Company.

V. Meetings

The Committee shall meet at least once annually and at such other times as determined by the Chair of
the Committee. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business.

VI. Reporting

The Committee will report periodically on the Committee’s work and findings to the Board. These
reports will contain recommendations for Board actions, when appropriate.

VII. Compensation

Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to compensation for meeting attendance at the
standard fee set by the independent directors of the Board, and to reimbursement for reasonable out-of-
pocket expenses.

VIII. Management Support

To assist the Committee in fulfilling its duties, management will provide the Committee with
information and recommendations as needed and requested.

IX. Review of Charter

The Committee shall review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter on an annual basis and
recommend any proposed changes to the Board for its approval.

C-2

EXHIBIT D: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES

Director Qualifications

General
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) will have at least
two-thirds (2/3rds) of its directors who meet the criteria for independence required by the
applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC (the “NASDAQ”), other
applicable laws and regulations, and the standards set forth in Exhibit A to these Guidelines (the
“Independent Directors”). The Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Governance
Committee”) will review, on an annual basis, the requisite skills and characteristics of all Board
members, taking into consideration skills and experience in the context of the needs of the
Board. Nominees for directorship will be selected and considered by the Governance Committee
in accordance with its charter. An invitation to join the Board should be extended on behalf of
the Board by the Chair of the Governance Committee and the Chair of the Board. The Chief
Executive Officer shall be the only member of the Board who is an executive officer of the
Company.

Size of Board
Subject to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Board shall be limited
to seven or fewer members, except during certain periods, such as director transitions and the
integration of acquisitions.

Service on Other Boards
Due to the commitment of time required to adequately fulfill the responsibilities of Board
membership, no director may serve on more than five other public company boards. Directors
should advise the Chairman of the Board and the Chair of the Governance Committee in advance
of accepting an invitation to serve on another company board.

Board Evaluation Process
The Governance Committee will oversee an annual self-assessment of the Board’s performance
as well as the performance of each committee of the Board.

Annual Review for Re-Election
The Governance Committee will review each director’s continuation on the Board every year.
This will allow each director the opportunity to conveniently confirm his or her desire to
continue as a member of the Board.

Directors Who Change Their Present Job Responsibility
It is not necessary that directors leave the Board when they retire or change from the position
they held when they joined the Board. A director should, however, offer to resign to provide an
opportunity for the Board, via the Governance Committee, to review the continued
appropriateness of Board membership under the circumstances.

Retirement Policy
Board members will retire at the first stockholders’ meeting in which directors will be elected
following the director’s 75th birthday.

D-1

II.

Director Responsibilities

General
The basic responsibility of each director is to exercise his or her business judgment to act in what
he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders. In
discharging this obligation, directors should be entitled to rely on the honesty and integrity of the
Company’s executive officers and its outside advisors and auditors. The directors shall also be
entitled to have the Company purchase reasonable directors’ liability insurance on their behalf,
and to receive the benefits of indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and the
Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and any indemnification agreements.

Risk Oversight
The Board plays an ongoing role in the oversight of management’s assessment of the major risks
facing the Company and management’s efforts to address those risks. The Board oversees the
implementation of reasonable information and reporting systems designed to inform them of the
materials risks related to the Company’s overall business strategy. The Board reserves oversight
of the major risks facing the Company and has delegated risk oversight responsibility to the
appropriate committees in the following areas: the audit committee oversees risks relating to
financial matters, financial reporting and auditing; the compensation committee oversees risks
relating to the design and implementation of the Company’s compensation policies and
procedures; and the governance committee oversees risks relating to corporate governance
policies and related governance matters.

Selection of Chairman of the Board
The Board is free to select its Chairman in the manner and upon the criteria that it deems best for
the Company at the time of selection, except that the Chief Executive Officer shall not be
eligible to be selected as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board will:

Seek input from all directors as to the preparation of the agendas for Company board
and Committee meetings;

b) Advise the Board as to the quality, quantity, and timeliness of the flow of information

from the Company’s management that is necessary for the Independent Directors to
effectively and responsibly perform their duties; and

c) Assist the Company’s officers in assuring compliance with and implementation of all
applicable corporate and securities laws and the Company’s corporate governance
guidelines.

Lead Independent Director
In the event that the Chairman of the Board is not an Independent Director, the Independent
Directors will designate an Independent Director to be the “Lead Independent Director.” The
Lead Independent Director shall coordinate the activities of the other Independent Directors and
perform various other duties. Service of the Lead Independent Director shall not exceed five
(5) years.

Attendance at Board Meetings
Directors are expected to attend Board meetings and meetings of committees on which they
serve, and to spend the time needed and meet as frequently as necessary to properly discharge
their responsibilities. Information and data that are important to the Board’s understanding of the
business to be conducted at a Board or committee meeting generally should be distributed in

D-2

writing to the directors before the meeting, and directors should review these materials in
advance of the meeting. Sensitive subject matters may be discussed at the meeting without
written materials being distributed in advance or at the meeting.

Attendance at Annual Meeting
Directors are expected to attend the Company’s annual meeting absent extraordinary
circumstances.

Content of Board Meetings
The Chairman of the Board will establish the agenda for each Board meeting. Each Board
member is free to suggest the inclusion of items on the agenda. Each Board member is free to
raise at any Board meeting subjects that are not on the agenda for that meeting. The Board will
review the Company’s long-term strategic plans and the principal issues that the Company will
face in the future during at least one Board meeting each year.

Executive Session
The Company’s Independent Directors will usually meet in executive session during each
regularly scheduled Board meeting.

Potential Conflicts of Interest
Board members are required to accurately and completely disclose to the Board (or any
applicable committee) all financial interest or personal interest that he or she has in any contract
or transaction that is being considered by the Board (or any committee) for approval. Disclosed
conflicts of interest shall be included in the minutes of the meeting.

Board Interaction with Investors, Press, Customers, etc.
The Board believes that management speaks for the Company when dealing with the media,
investors, rating agencies, stockholders, customers, regulators and other similar constituencies.

III. Board Committees

General
The Board will have at all times an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a
Governance Committee. All of the members of these committees will meet the criteria for
independence required by applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ and other applicable laws
and regulations. Committee members will be appointed by the Board upon recommendation of
the Governance Committee with consideration of the desires of individual directors. It is the
belief of the Board that consideration should be given to rotating committee members
periodically. It is expected that each committee Chair will have had previous service on the
applicable committee.

Charters
Each committee will have its own charter, which is approved by the Board. The charters will
establish the purposes, goals and responsibilities of the committees, as well as qualifications for
committee membership, procedures for committee member appointment and removal, committee
structure, operations and reporting to the Board.

D-3

Schedule and Timing of Meetings
The Chair of each committee, in consultation with the committee members, will determine the
frequency and length of the committee meetings consistent with any requirements set forth in the
committee’s charter. The Chair of each committee, in consultation with the appropriate members
of the committee and management, will develop the committee’s agenda. At the beginning of the
year, each committee will establish a schedule of agenda subjects to be discussed during the year
(to the degree these can be foreseen). The schedule for each committee will be furnished to all
directors. Board members are welcome to attend any Committee meeting, whether they are a
member of the committee or not.

Additional Committees
The Board may, from time to time, establish or maintain additional committees as deemed
necessary or appropriate.

IV. Director Access To Officers and Employees

Directors have full and free access to officers and employees of the Company. Any meetings or
contacts that a director wishes to initiate may be arranged through the Chief Executive Officer or
the Secretary or directly by the director. The directors will use their judgment to ensure that any
such contact is not disruptive to the business operations of the Company and will, to the extent
deemed appropriate by the director, inform the Chief Executive Officer that such
communications are taking place.

Director Compensation

General
The Board believes that director compensation should include components that are designed to
align the interests of the directors with the interests of stockholders and that the aggregate value
of director compensation and perquisites should generally be at or near the median level of
director compensation at peer companies. The form and amount of director compensation will be
recommended to the Board by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the policies and
principles set forth in its charter.

Expense Reimbursement
A director of the Company will be reimbursed for any ordinary and necessary business and
professional expense incurred on behalf of the Company, if the following conditions are
satisfied: (a) the expenses are reasonable in amount; (b) the director documents the amount, date,
place (for transportation, travel and entertainment expenses), business purpose (and for
entertainment expenses, the business relationship of the person or persons entertained) of each
such expense with the same kind of documentary evidence as would be required to support a
deduction of the expense on the director’s federal income tax return; and (c) the director
substantiates such expenses by providing the Company with an accounting of such expenses no
less frequently than monthly. Examples of reimbursable business expenses include local
transportation, overnight travel (including lodging and meals), entertainment, education and
professional dues. Under no circumstances will the Company reimburse a director for business
or professional expenses incurred that are not properly substantiated according to this policy.

In no event will an expense be reimbursed if substantiated more than sixty (60) days after the
expense is paid or incurred by the director. In addition, any reimbursement by the Company that
exceeds the amount of business or professional expenses properly accounted for by a director
pursuant to this policy must be returned to the Company within 120 days after the associated
expenses are paid.

D-4

It is the Company’s intent that this reimbursement policy be classified as an accountable plan.
Accordingly, the Company will not include in a director’s form 1099 the amount of any business
or professional expense properly substantiated and reimbursed according to this policy.

Charitable Contributions
Charitable contributions by the Company exceeding $10,000 in any calendar year to an
organization in which an independent director is affiliated shall be subject to the approval of the
Compensation Committee, which shall consider the impact of any such contributions on the
applicable director’s independence.

VI. Continuing Director Education

The Board believes that it is appropriate for directors, at their discretion, to attend continuing
director education programs related to their duties as directors. Upon approval by the Chair of
the Governance Committee, the Company will reimburse reasonable continuing education and
travel expenses incurred by a director in attending such programs. The Company will provide a
reasonable budget to each member of the Board for the purpose of attending director education
programs of the director’s choosing.

VII. Management Evaluation, Compensation Review and Succession Planning

Review of CEO and Executive Officers
The Board of Directors will review the Chief Executive Officer’s, the Chief Financial Officer’s,
and the Chief Legal Officer’s (or General Counsel) performance on an annual basis.

Compensation Review
At least once every three years, the Compensation Committee shall select and retain an
independent consultant to conduct a comparative study of the Company’s executive
compensation polices, practices, and procedures (including specifically with respect to options)
relative to other public companies and prepare and submit to the Compensation Committee a
report and recommendations.

Succession Planning
The Board of Directors will evaluate and nominate potential successors to the Chief Executive
Officer. The Chief Executive Officer may make available his or her recommendations and
evaluations of potential successors, along with a review of any development plans recommended
for such individuals.

VIII. Option Granting Procedures

In addition to the standard controls and procedures with respect to the Company’s stock option
granting procedures, The Company shall require the following:

a) All stock option grants to directors and executive officers of the Company subject to the

requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, shall be disclosed
by or on behalf of the director or executive officer within two business days of such
grants;

b) All grants of options to executive officers and directors shall be made only at a meeting
of the Company’s Board or Compensation Committee and not by unanimous written
consent. The Company’s General Counsel and/or Corporate Counsel shall attend any
and all meetings where options are granted; and

D-5

Stock options granted to all officers, directors and employees shall be granted on
predetermined dates. In setting these predetermined dates, the Company will not have any
program, plan or practice to time option grants in coordination with the release of material
non-public information. The Company shall complete all grant documentation required to
approve the option grants and circulate that information to those approving the grants prior to
the predetermined grant dates.

IX. Director Nominations Process

Annual Review
The Governance Committee will review annually the needs of the Board for various skills,
experience, expected contributions and other characteristics in determining the director
candidates to be nominated for election at the annual meeting of stockholders. The Governance
Committee will evaluate candidates for directors proposed by directors, stockholders or
management in light of the committee’s views of the current needs of the Board for certain
skills, experience or other characteristics, the candidate’s background, skills, experience, other
characteristics and expected contributions and the qualification standards established from time
to time by the Governance Committee. If the committee believes that the Board requires
additional candidates for nomination, the Committee may engage a third party search firm to
assist in identifying qualified candidates. All directors and nominees will submit a completed
form of directors’ and officers’ questionnaire as part of the nominating process. The process may
also include interviews and additional background and reference checks for non-incumbent
nominees, at the discretion of the Governance Committee. In making the determinations
regarding nominations of directors, the Governance Committee may take into account the
benefits of diverse viewpoints as well as the benefits of a constructive working relationship
among directors.

Nominations Process
In considering candidates recommended by stockholders for the Company’s Board, the
Governance Committee shall follow the following process:

The Governance Committee shall consider all candidates as recommended by a
stockholder (or group of stockholders) who own at least 5% of the Company’s
outstanding common stock and who have held such shares for at least one year (an
“Eligible Stockholder”);

b) An Eligible Stockholder wishing to recommend a candidate must submit the following
not less than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the date the proxy was
released to the shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting:
(A) a recommendation that identifies the candidate and provides contact information;
(B) the written consent of the candidate to serve as a director of the Company, if
elected; and (C) documentation establishing that the shareholder making the
recommendation is an Eligible Stockholder;

c) Upon timely receipt of the required documents, the Corporate Secretary will determine
if the shareholder submitting the recommendation is an Eligible Stockholder based on
such documents. The Corporate Secretary will inform the stockholder of his or her
determination;

If the candidate is to be evaluated by the Governance Committee, the Corporate
Secretary will request a resume, a completed director and officer questionnaire, a
completed statement regarding conflicts of interest, and a waiver of liability for

D-6

background check from the candidate. To evaluate the candidate and consider such
candidate for nomination by the Board, such documents must be received from the
candidate before the first day of March preceding the annual meeting; and

If, in the exercise of its business judgment, the Governance Committee determines not
to nominate the Eligible Stockholder’s initial candidate, the Governance Committee will
inform the Eligible Stockholder of its decision and provide the stockholder the
opportunity to submit one alternate candidate; provided, however, the Committee shall
not be obligated to consider a candidate if the Committee does not receive within 30
calendar days of its notice of determination: (A) the written consent of the candidate to
serve as a director of the Company, if elected; and (B) the documents required
above. The Governance Committee will, in the exercise of its business judgment,
determine whether to nominate the alternate candidate for election to the Board.

Shareholder Proposals

All shareholder proposals that are required to be included in the Company’s proxy statement
shall be evaluated by a committee of at least three Independent Directors. Such committee shall
determine, with the assistance of outside advisors, if necessary, whether the shareholder proposal
is in the best interest of the Company. The committee shall recommend to the Board for or
against such shareholder proposal and the reasons for such recommendation. The Board shall
publish the recommendation for or against such proposal and the reason for such
recommendation in a proxy statement.

XI. Director Resignation Policy

Any nominee for director who receives a greater number of “withhold” votes than “for” votes in
an uncontested election shall tender to the Board his or her resignation as a director promptly
following the certification of the election results. For purposes of this policy, (i) an
“uncontested” election is one in which the Secretary determines that the number of nominees
does not exceed the number of directors to be elected as of the date seven days prior to the
scheduled mailing date of the proxy statement for such meeting, and (ii) abstentions and broker
non-votes will not be considered as either “withhold” votes or “for” votes. The Governance
Committee will consider any resignation tendered under this policy and recommend to the Board
whether to accept or reject it and the Board will act on such resignation, taking into account such
Committee’s recommendation, within 90 days following the certification of the election results.
The Committee in making its recommendation, and the Board in making its decision, may
consider any information it deems appropriate including without limitation any reasons given by
stockholders for their withhold votes, the qualifications of the Director, and his or her
contributions to the Board and the Company. The Board will promptly disclose publicly its
decision to accept or reject such a resignation and, if rejected, the reasons for doing so.

XII. Communications with the Board of Directors

The Corporate Secretary, or the Chair of the Governance Committee, as appropriate, shall review
correspondence addressed to the Board and regularly forward to the Board a summary of all such
correspondence and copies of all correspondence that, in the opinion of the Corporate Secretary
and/or the Chair of the Governance Committee, deals with the functions of the Board or
committees thereof. Directors may at any time review a log of all correspondence received by
the Company that is addressed to the Board of Directors or individual members thereof.
Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls, or auditing issues will be immediately brought
to the attention of the Audit Committee Chair.

D-7

Exhibit A

Cirrus Logic Director Independence Standards

Cirrus Logic, Inc. provides that the following requirements should be met in order for a director to

be considered “independent”:

The director has not been employed by the Company or any of its affiliates (defined as any
individual or business entity that owns at least 5% of the securities of the Company having
ordinary voting power) at any time during the preceding three years;

b) The director has not received, during the current calendar year or any of the three

immediately preceding calendar years, remuneration, directly or indirectly, other than de
minimus remuneration, as a result of service as, or compensation paid to an entity affiliated
with the individual who serves as (1) an advisor, consultant, or legal counsel to the Company
or to a member of the Company’s senior management; or (2) a significant customer or
supplier of the Company;

The director has no personal services contract with the Company;

d) The director is not employed and compensated by a not-for-profit entity that receives from

the Company significant contributions that are required to be disclosed in the Company’s
proxy statement;

The director is not a member of the immediate family of any person who fails to satisfy the
Company’s Director Independence Standards, except that with respect to employment with
the Company or its affiliates, employment of immediate family members will not negate
independence unless such employment is in an executive officer or director position;

The director has no interest in any investment that the director jointly acquired in conjunction
with the Company;

g) During the current fiscal year or any of the three immediately preceding fiscal years, a
company of which the director is an executive officer or an employee has not had any
business relationship with the Company for which the Company has been required to make
disclosure under Regulation S-K of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), other
than for service as a director or for which relationship no more than de minimus
remuneration was received in any one such year; provided, however, that the need to disclose
any relationship that existed prior to a director joining the Board shall not in and of itself
render the director non-independent; and

h) The director shall not be employed by a public company at which an executive officer of the

Company serves as a director.

i) A director is deemed to have received remuneration (other than remuneration as a director

including remuneration provided to a non-executive Chairman of the Board, Committee
Chairman, or Lead Independent Director), directly or indirectly, if remuneration, other than
de minimus remuneration, was paid by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, to any
entity in which the director has beneficial ownership interest of 5% or more, or to an entity
by which the director is employed or self-employed other than as a director. Remuneration is
deemed de minimus remuneration if such remuneration is $50,000 or less in any calendar
year, or if such remuneration is paid to an entity, it (1) did not for the calendar year exceed
5% of the gross revenues of the entity, or $200,000, whichever is more; and (2) did not
directly result in a material increase in the compensation received by the director from that
entity.

D-8

EXHIBIT E: CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(Amended and Restated as of July 28, 2014)

PURPOSE

1.1 Purpose. The purpose of the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to

provide a means through which Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) may attract able persons to serve
as employees, directors, or consultants of the Company or its Affiliates and to provide a means
whereby those individuals upon whom the responsibilities of the successful administration and
management of the Company rest, and whose present and potential contributions to the welfare of the
Company are of importance, may acquire and maintain stock ownership, thereby strengthening their
concern for the welfare of the Company. A further purpose of the Plan is to provide such individuals
with additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of
the Company. Accordingly, the Plan provides for granting Incentive Stock Options, options that do
not constitute Incentive Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Awards, Phantom Stock
Awards, and Bonus Stock Awards, or any combination of the foregoing, as is best suited to the
circumstances of the particular employee, consultant, or director as provided in the Plan.

2. DEFINITIONS

2.1 Definitions. Whenever the following capitalized words or phrases are used, the following

definitions will be applicable throughout the Plan, unless specifically modified by any Section:

2.1.1 “Affiliate” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or
partnership, association, trust or other organization which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with, the Company. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control”
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as
used with respect to any entity or organization, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power (i) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of
directors of the controlled entity or organization, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of the controlled entity or organization, whether through the ownership of
voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

2.1.2 “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Option, Restricted Stock Award,

Performance Award, Phantom Stock Award, or Bonus Stock Award.

2.1.3 “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

2.1.4 “Bonus Stock Award” means an Award granted under Section 11 of the Plan.

2.1.5 “Change of Control Value” means the amount determined in accordance with

Section 12.4.

2.1.6 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan
to any section of the Code will be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such
section and any regulations under such section.

2.1.7 “Committee” means a committee of the Board that is selected by the Board as provided

in Section 4.1.

2.1.8 “Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company or any

security into which such common stock may be changed by reason of any transaction or event of the
type described in Section 12.

2.1.9 “Company” means Cirrus Logic, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

E-1

2.1.10 “Consultant” means any person who is not an Employee or Director and who is providing

services to the Company or any Affiliate as an advisor, consultant, or other non-common law employee.

2.1.11 “Corporate Change” means either (i) the Company will not be the surviving entity in

any merger, share exchange, or consolidation (or survives only as a subsidiary of an entity), (ii) the
Company sells, leases, or exchanges all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity,
(iii) the Company is dissolved and liquidated, (iv) any person or entity, including a “group” as
contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act, acquires or gains ownership or control (including,
without limitation, power to vote) of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s voting
stock (based upon voting power), or (v) at such time as the Company becomes a reporting company
under the 1934 Act, as a result of or in connection with a contested election of Directors, the persons
who were Directors of the Company before such election will cease to constitute a majority of the
Board; provided, however, that a Corporate Change will not include (A) any reorganization, merger,
consolidation, sale, lease, exchange, or similar transaction, which involves solely the Company and
one or more entities wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company immediately prior to such
event or (B) the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately
following which the record holders of the voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction or series of transactions continue to hold 50% or more of the voting stock (based upon
voting power) of (1) any entity that owns, directly or indirectly, the stock of the Company, (2) any
entity with which the Company has merged, or (3) any entity that owns an entity with which the
Company has merged.

2.1.12 “Director” means (i) an individual elected to the Board by the stockholders of the
Company or by the Board under applicable corporate law who either is serving on the Board on the date the
Plan is adopted by the Board or is elected to the Board after such date and (ii) for purposes of and relating to
eligibility for the grant of an Award, an individual elected to the board of directors of any Affiliate.

2.1.13 “Employee” means any person in an employment relationship with the Company or

any Affiliate. The payment of a Director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient in and of itself to
constitute employment by the Company.

2.1.14 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any specified date, (i) the closing sales price of the

Common Stock either (A) if the Common Stock is traded on the National Market System of the
NASDAQ, as reported on the National Market System of NASDAQ on that date (or if no sales occur
on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the Common Stock are so reported), or
(B) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, as reported on the stock exchange
composite tape on that date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such
sales of the Common Stock are so reported); (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on the National
Market System of the NASDAQ or a national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the
time a determination of its fair market value is required to be made under the Plan, the closing sales
price (or if selling prices are not reported, the average between the closing bid and asked prices of
Common Stock) on the most recent date on which Common Stock was publicly traded; (iii) in the
event Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be
made under the Plan, the amount determined by the Committee in its discretion in such manner as it
deems appropriate; or (iv) on the date of an initial public offering of common stock, the offering price
under such initial public offering.

2.1.15 “Forfeiture Restrictions” will have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.2.

2.1.16 “Full-Value Award” means an Award other than an Option, a Stock Appreciation

Right, or other Award whose intrinsic value is solely dependent on appreciation in the price of the
Common Stock after the date of grant.

E-2

2.1.17 “Holder” means an Employee, Consultant, or Director who has been granted an

Award.

2.1.18 “Incentive Stock Option” means an incentive stock option within the meaning of

section 422 of the Code.

2.1.19 “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.1.20 “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means Options that do not constitute Incentive Stock

Options.

2.1.21 “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 and includes both Incentive Stock

Options and options that do not constitute Incentive Stock Options.

2.1.22 “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder

with respect to an Option, including the accompanying “Notice of Grant of Stock Option.”

2.1.23 “Performance Award” means an Award granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

2.1.24 “Performance Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company

and a Holder with respect to a Performance Award.

2.1.25 “Phantom Stock Award” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

2.1.26 “Phantom Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the

Company and a Holder with respect to a Phantom Stock Award.

2.1.27 “Plan” means the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from

time to time.

2.1.28 “Restricted Stock Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and

a Holder with respect to a Restricted Stock Award.

2.1.29 “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award granted under Section 8.

2.1.30 “Rule 16b-3” means SEC Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, as such may

be amended from time to time, and any successor rule, regulation, or statute fulfilling the same or a
similar function.

2.1.31 “Stock Appreciation Right” will have the meaning assigned to such term in

Subsection 7.4.4.

2.2 Number and Gender. Wherever appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular will be
considered to include the plural, and words used in the plural will be considered to include the singular.
The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, will be deemed to include the feminine gender.

2.3 Headings. The headings of Sections and Subsections in the Plan are included solely for
convenience, and, if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text will
control. All references to Sections and Subsections are to this document unless otherwise indicated.

3. EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN

3.1 Effective Date. The Plan will become effective upon the date of its adoption by the Board,
provided that the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after such
adoption. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, Restricted Stock
Agreement, Performance Award Agreement, or Phantom Stock Award Agreement, no Option will be
exercisable, no Restricted Stock Award or Bonus Stock Award will be granted, and no Performance
Award or Phantom Stock Award will vest or become satisfiable prior to such stockholder approval.

E-3

3.2 Duration of Plan. No further Awards may be granted under the Plan after ten years from

July 28, 2024. The Plan will remain in effect until all Options granted under the Plan have been
exercised, forfeited, assumed, substituted, satisfied or expired, all Restricted Stock Awards granted
under the Plan have vested or been forfeited, and all Performance Awards, Phantom Stock Awards, and
Bonus Stock Awards have been satisfied or expired.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Composition of Committee. The Plan will be administered by a committee of, and appointed
by, the Board. In the absence of the Board’s appointment of such Committee to administer the Plan, the
Board will serve as the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the date upon which
the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” (as defined in section 162(m) of the Code and
applicable interpretive authority under the Code), the Plan will be administered by a committee of, and
appointed by, the Board that will be comprised solely of two or more outside Directors (within the
meaning of the term “outside directors” as used in section 162(m) of the Code and applicable interpretive
authority under the Code and within the meaning of “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3).

4.2 Powers. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee will have authority, in
its discretion, to determine which Employees, Consultants, or Directors will receive an Award, the time
or times when such Award will be made, whether an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock
Option will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Option or Restricted Stock Award,
the number of shares subject to or the value of each Performance Award or Bonus Stock Award, and
the number of shares or the value of each Phantom Stock Award. In making such determinations, the
Committee will take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Employees,
Consultants, or Directors, their present and potential contribution to the Company’s success, and such
other factors as the Committee in its discretion will deem relevant.

4.3 Additional Powers. The Committee will have such additional powers as are delegated to it by

the other provisions of the Plan. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, this will include the
power (1) to construe the Plan and the respective agreements executed under the Plan, (2) to prescribe
rules and regulations relating to the Plan, (3) to determine the terms, restrictions, and provisions of the
agreement relating to each Award, including such terms, restrictions, and provisions as will be
requisite in the judgment of the Committee to cause designated Options to qualify as Incentive Stock
Options, and (4) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the
Plan or in any agreement relating to an Award in the manner and to the extent it will deem expedient to
carry it into effect. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Section will
be conclusive and binding on all persons.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

5.1 Stock Offered. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.2, the stock to be offered
pursuant to the grant of an Award may be (1) authorized but unissued Common Stock or (2) previously
issued and outstanding Common Stock reacquired by the Company. Any of such shares that remain
unissued and are not subject to outstanding Awards at the termination of the Plan will cease to be
subject to the Plan, but until termination of the Plan, the Company will at all times make available a
sufficient number of shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.

5.2 Plan and Individual Limitations on Shares.

5.2.1 Subject to adjustment in the same manner as provided in Section 12 with respect to
shares of Common Stock subject to Options then outstanding, the aggregate maximum number of

E-4

shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan, and the aggregate maximum number of
shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan through Incentive Stock Options, will not
exceed 20,300,000 shares. To the extent that a share of Common Stock is subject to an outstanding
Full-Value Award, such share shall reduce the aggregate share limit set forth in this Subsection by
1.5 shares of Common Stock. To the extent that a share of Common Stock is subject to an outstanding
Award other than a Full-Value Award, such share shall reduce the aggregate share limit set forth in this
Subsection by one share of Common Stock. Stock Appreciation Rights to be settled in shares of
Common Stock pursuant to Section 7.4(d) or Section 10 shall be counted in full against the number of
shares available for award under the Plan, regardless of the number of shares issued upon settlement of
the Stock Appreciation Rights. In addition, any shares withheld to satisfy any tax withholding
obligation pursuant to Section 14.5 shall be counted in full against the number of shares available for
award under the Plan.

5.2.2 Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and to the extent an award is

intended to comply with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of
shares of Common Stock that may be subject to any award granted under the Plan to any one
individual during any calendar year may not exceed 400,000 shares (as adjusted from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan), and the maximum amount of compensation that may be
paid under an award denominated in cash (including the Fair Market Value of any shares of Common
Stock paid in satisfaction of such award) granted to any one individual during any calendar year may
not exceed $5,000,000.

5.2.3 Shares will be deemed to have been issued under the Plan only to the extent actually

issued and delivered pursuant to an Award. To the extent that an Award lapses or the rights of its
Holder terminate, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award will again be available for the
grant of an Award, and the aggregate share limit set forth in Subsection 5.2(a) will be increased by the
number of shares subtracted from such limit with respect to the grant of such lapsed Award. From and
after the date upon which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” (as defined in section
162(m) of the Code and applicable interpretive authority under the Code), the limitation set forth in the
preceding sentences will be applied in a manner that will permit compensation generated under the
Plan to constitute “performance-based” compensation for purposes of section 162(m) of the Code,
including, without limitation, counting against such maximum number of shares, to the extent required
under section 162(m) of the Code and applicable interpretative authority under the Code, any shares
subject to Options that are canceled or repriced.

6. GRANT OF AWARDS

6.1 Eligibility for Award. Awards may be granted only to persons who, at the time of grant, are

Employees, Consultants, or Directors.

6.2 Grant of Awards. The Committee may from time to time in its discretion grant Awards to
one or more Employees, Consultants, or Directors determined by it to be eligible for participation in
the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1. An Award may be granted on more than one
occasion to the same person, and, subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan, such Award may
include an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a
Performance Award, a Phantom Stock Award, a Bonus Stock Award, or any combination thereof.

6A. Restrictions on Waiver of Vesting Periods. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to

the contrary, the Committee shall not have the discretionary authority to waive the vesting period
applicable to a Full-Value Award, except in the case of death, disability, retirement, or Corporate
Change.

E-5

STOCK OPTIONS

7.1 Option Period. The term of each Option will be as specified by the Committee at the date of grant,

but in no event will an Option be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant.

7.2 Limitations on Vesting and/or Exercise of Option. An Option will be vested and/or
exercisable in whole or in part and at such times as determined by the Committee and set forth in the
Notice of Grant and Option Agreement. The Committee in its discretion may provide that an Option
will be vested or exercisable upon (1) the attainment of one or more performance goals or targets
established by the Committee, which are based on (i) the price of a share of Common Stock, (ii) the
Company’s earnings per share, (iii) the Company’s market share, (iv) the market share of a business
unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (v) the Company’s sales, (vi) the sales of a business
unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (vii) the net income (before or after taxes) of the
Company or a business unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (viii) the cash flow return
on investment of the Company or any business unit of the Company designated by the Committee,
(ix) the earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization of the Company or
any business unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (x) the economic value added, or
(xi) the return on stockholders’ equity achieved by the Company; (2) the Holder’s continued
employment as an Employee with the Company or continued service as a Consultant or Director for a
specified period of time; (3) the occurrence of any event or the satisfaction of any other condition
specified by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (4) a combination of any of the foregoing. Each
Option may, in the discretion of the Committee, have different provisions with respect to vesting and/
or exercise of the Option.

7.3 Special Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.

7.3.1 An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to an individual who is employed by

the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation (as defined in section 424 of the Code) at the time
the Option is granted.

7.3.2 No Incentive Stock Option will be granted to an individual if, at the time the Option is
granted, such individual owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, within the meaning of
section 422(b)(6) of the Code, unless (1) at the time such Option is granted the option price is at least
110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option and (2) such Option by its
terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

7.3.3 If an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice of Grant of Stock

Option, to the extent that such Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the
Optionee under the Plan and all other stock option plans of the Company and its parent and
subsidiaries) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair
Market Value greater than $100,000, the portion of each such Incentive Stock Option that exceeds such
amount will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. For purposes of this Subsection, Options
designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted,
and the Fair Market Value of Common Stock is determined as of the time the Option with respect to
such Common Stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that
set forth in this Subsection, such different limitation will be deemed incorporated in the Plan effective
as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an
Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation
set forth in this Subsection, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is
exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee will be deemed to have exercised the
Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first.

E-6

7.3.4 An Incentive Stock Option (1) will not be transferable otherwise than by will or the

laws of descent and distribution and (2) will be exercisable during the Holder’s lifetime only by such
Holder or his guardian or legal representative.

7.3.5 The price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an
Incentive Stock Option will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock on the date such Option is granted.

7.4 Option Agreement.

7.4.1 Each Option will be evidenced by an Option Agreement in such form and containing
such provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee from time to time
will approve, including, without limitation, provisions to qualify an Incentive Stock Option under
section 422 of the Code and provisions relating to vesting and exercisability. The terms and conditions
of the Options and respective Option Agreements need not be identical. Subject to the consent of the
Holder, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend an outstanding Option Agreement from time
to time in any manner that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan (including, without
limitation, an amendment that accelerates the time at which the Option, or a portion of the Option, may
be exercisable).

7.4.2 Each Option Agreement will specify the effect of termination of (1) employment,

(2) the consulting, advisory, or other non-common law employee relationship, or (3) membership on
the Board, as applicable, on the vesting and/or exercisability of the Option.

7.4.3 An Option Agreement may provide for the payment of the option price, in whole or in

part, by the delivery of a number of shares of Common Stock (plus cash if necessary) having a Fair
Market Value equal to such option price. Moreover, an Option Agreement may provide for a “cashless
exercise” of the Option through procedures satisfactory to, and approved by and in the sole discretion
of, the Committee. Generally, and without limiting the Committee’s absolute discretion, a “cashless
exercise” will only be permitted at such times in which the shares underlying this Option are publicly
traded.

7.4.4 An Option Agreement may provide for the surrender of the right to purchase shares

under the Option in return for a payment in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash
and shares of Common Stock equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares with
respect to which the right to purchase is surrendered over the option price for such shares (“Stock
Appreciation Right”), on such terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion may
prescribe. In the case of any such Stock Appreciation Right that is granted in connection with an
Incentive Stock Option, such right will be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock exceeds the price specified for such Common Stock in the Option or the portion of the
Option to be surrendered.

7.5 Option Price, Payment, and Exercise. Subject to Subsection 7.3.2 with respect to Incentive

Stock Options, the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an
Option will be determined by the Committee, but such purchase price shall not be less than the Fair
Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date such Option is granted. The Option or portion
of the Option may be exercised by delivery of an irrevocable notice of exercise to the Secretary of the
Company, except as may otherwise be provided in the Option Agreement. The purchase price of the
Option or portion of the Option will be paid in full in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

7.6 Stockholder Rights and Privileges. The Holder will be entitled to all the privileges and
rights of a stockholder only with respect to such shares of Common Stock as have been purchased
under the Option and for which certificates of stock have been registered in the Holder’s name.

E-7

7.7 Options and Rights in Substitution for Stock Options Granted by Other Corporations.
Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution
for stock options and such rights held by individuals employed by corporations who become
Employees, Consultants, or Directors as a result of a merger, consolidation, or other business
combination of the employing corporation with the Company or any Affiliate.

7.8 Restrictions on Repricing of Options. Except as provided in Section 12, the Committee may

not, without approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend any outstanding Option Agreement
to lower the option price (or cancel and replace any outstanding Option Agreement with Option
Agreements having a lower option price), or to repurchase underwater options for cash.

8. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

8.1 Restricted Stock Agreement. At the time any Award is made under this Section, the

Company and the Holder will enter into a Restricted Stock Agreement setting forth each of the matters
contemplated by the Plan and such other matters as the Committee may determine to be appropriate.
The terms and provisions of the respective Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical. Subject
to the consent of the Holder and the restriction set forth in the last sentence of Section 8.4 below, the
Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend an outstanding Restricted Stock Agreement from time to
time in any manner that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

8.2 Forfeiture Restrictions. Shares of Common Stock that are the subject of a Restricted Stock
Award will be subject to restrictions on disposition by the Holder and an obligation of the Holder to
forfeit and surrender the shares to the Company under certain circumstances (the “Forfeiture
Restrictions”). The Forfeiture Restrictions will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion,
and the Committee may provide that the Forfeiture Restrictions will lapse upon (1) the attainment of
one or more performance goals or targets established by the Committee, which are based on (i) the
price of a share of Common Stock, (ii) the Company’s earnings per share, (iii) the Company’s market
share, (iv) the market share of a business unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (v) the
Company’s sales, (vi) the sales of a business unit of the Company designated by the Committee,
(vii) the net income (before or after taxes) of the Company or a business unit of the Company
designated by the Committee, (viii) the cash flow return on investment of the Company or any business
unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (ix) the earnings before or after interest, taxes,
depreciation, and/or amortization of the Company or any business unit of the Company designated by
the Committee, (x) the economic value added, or (xi) the return on stockholders’ equity achieved by
the Company; (2) the Holder’s continued employment as an Employee with the Company or continued
service as a Consultant or Director for a specified period of time; (3) the occurrence of any event or the
satisfaction of any other condition specified by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (4) a
combination of any of the foregoing. The performance measures described in clause (1) of the
preceding sentence may be subject to adjustment for specified significant extraordinary items or
events, and may be absolute, relative to one or more other companies, or relative to one or more
indexes, and may be contingent upon future performance of the Company or any Affiliate, division, or
department thereof. Each Restricted Stock Award may, in the discretion of the Committee, have
different Forfeiture Restrictions.

8.3 Other Terms and Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement,

the Holder will have the right to receive dividends with respect to Common Stock subject to a
Restricted Stock Award, to vote Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Agreement, and to
enjoy all other stockholder rights, except that (1) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock
certificate until the Forfeiture Restrictions have lapsed, (2) the Company will retain custody of the
stock until the Forfeiture Restrictions have lapsed, (3) the Holder may not sell, transfer, pledge,

E-8

exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the stock until the Forfeiture Restrictions have lapsed,
and (4) a breach of the terms and conditions established by the Committee pursuant to the Restricted
Stock Agreement will cause a forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Award. At the time of such Award, the
Committee may, in its sole discretion, prescribe additional terms, conditions, or restrictions relating to
Restricted Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, rules pertaining to the termination of
employment or service as a Consultant or Director (by retirement, disability, death, or otherwise) of a
Holder prior to lapse of the Forfeitures Restrictions. Such additional terms, conditions, or restrictions
will be set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement made in conjunction with the Award.

8.4 Committee’s Discretion to Accelerate Vesting of Restricted Stock Awards. The

Committee may, in its discretion and as of a date determined by the Committee, fully vest any or all
Common Stock awarded to a Holder pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, and, upon such vesting, all
restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock Award will lapse as of such date. Any action by the
Committee pursuant to this Section may vary among individual Holders and may vary among the
Restricted Stock Awards held by any individual Holder. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of
this Section, from and after the date upon which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation”
(as defined in section 162(m) of the Code and applicable interpretive authority under the Code), the
Committee may not take any action described in this Section with respect to a Restricted Stock Award
that has been granted after such date to a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.162-27(c)(2)) if such Award has been designed to meet the exception for
performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code.

8.5 Payment for Restricted Stock. The Committee will determine the amount and form of any

payment for Common Stock received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, provided that, in the
absence of such a determination, a Holder will not be required to make any payment for Common
Stock received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, except to the extent otherwise required by law.

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1 Performance Award Agreements. At the time any Award is made under this Section, the
Company and the Holder will enter into a Performance Award Agreement setting forth each of the
matters contemplated by the Plan and such additional matters as the Committee may determine to be
appropriate. The terms and provisions of the respective Performance Award Agreements need not be
identical.

9.2 Performance Period. The Committee shall establish, with respect to and at the time of each
Performance Award, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the maximum value of, the
Performance Award and the performance period over which the performance applicable to the
Performance Award will be measured.

9.3 Performance Measures. A Performance Award shall be awarded to a Holder contingent upon

future performance of the Company or any Affiliate, division, or department thereof during the
performance period. The Committee shall establish the performance measures applicable to such
performance either (i) prior to the beginning of the performance period or (ii) within 90 days after the
beginning of the performance period if the outcome of the performance targets is substantially
uncertain at the time such targets are established, but not later than the date that 25% of the
performance period has elapsed; provided such measures may be made subject to adjustment for
specified significant extraordinary items or events. The performance measures may be absolute,
relative to one or more other companies, or relative to one or more indexes. The performance measures
established by the Committee may be based upon (1) the price of a share of Common Stock, (2) the
Company’s earnings per share, (3) the Company’s market share, (4) the market share of a business unit
of the Company designated by the Committee, (5) the Company’s sales, (6) the sales of a business unit

E-9

of the Company designated by the Committee, (7) the net income (before or after taxes) of the
Company or any business unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (8) the cash flow return
on investment of the Company or any business unit of the Company designated by the Committee,
(9) the earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization of the Company or any
business unit of the Company designated by the Committee, (10) the economic value added, (11) the
return on stockholders’ equity achieved by the Company, (12) the total stockholders’ return achieved
by the Company, or (13) a combination of any of the foregoing. The Committee, in its sole discretion,
may provide for an adjustable Performance Award value based upon the level of achievement of
performance measures.

9.4 Awards Criteria. In determining the value of Performance Awards, the Committee will take

into account a Holder’s responsibility level, performance, potential, other Awards, and such other
considerations as it deems appropriate. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for a
reduction in the value of a Holder’s Performance Award during the performance period.

9.5 Payment. Following the end of the performance period, the Holder of a Performance Award

will be entitled to receive payment of an amount not exceeding the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to, or the maximum value of, the Performance Award, based on the achievement of the
performance measures for such performance period, as determined and certified in writing by the
Committee. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to the contrary, any payment due with
respect to a Performance Award shall be paid no later than ten years after the date of grant of such
Performance Award. Payment of a Performance Award may be made in cash, Common Stock, or a
combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Payment shall be made in a lump sum or in
installments as prescribed by the Committee. If a Performance Award covering shares of Common
Stock is to be paid in cash, such payment shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock on the payment date or such other date as may be specified by the Committee in the Performance
Award Agreement.

9.6 Other Terms and Conditions. Dividends or dividend equivalents, as applicable, will not be

paid to the Holders of Performance Awards that are unvested or unearned. In the event that a
Performance Award is structured as a Restricted Stock Award with performance conditions, the
dividend amounts paid with respect to each share of underlying Common Stock during the period that
the Performance Award is unvested or unearned will be accrued and paid out to the Holder following
the vesting of the Performance Award.

9.7 Termination of Award. A Performance Award shall terminate if the Holder does not remain
continuously in the employ of the Company and its Affiliates or does not continue to perform services
as a Consultant or a Director for the Company and its Affiliates at all times during the applicable
performance period, except as may be determined by the Committee.

10. PHANTOM STOCK AWARDS

10.1 Phantom Stock Award Agreements. At the time any Award is made under this Section, the

Company and the Holder will enter into a Phantom Stock Award Agreement setting forth each of the
matters contemplated by the Plan and such additional matters as the Committee may determine to be
appropriate. The terms and provisions of the respective Phantom Stock Award Agreements need not be
identical.

10.2 Phantom Stock Awards. Phantom Stock Awards are rights to receive shares of Common
Stock (or the Fair Market Value thereof), or rights to receive an amount equal to any appreciation or
increase in the Fair Market Value of Common Stock over a specified period of time, which vest over a
period of time as established by the Committee, without satisfaction of any performance criteria or

E-10

objectives. The Committee may, in its discretion, require payment or other conditions of the Holder
respecting any Phantom Stock Award. A Phantom Stock Award may include, without limitation, a
Stock Appreciation Right that is granted independently of an Option.

10.3 Award Period. The Committee shall establish, with respect to and at the time of each

Phantom Stock Award, a period over which the Award will vest with respect to the Holder.

10.4 Awards Criteria. In determining the value of Phantom Stock Awards, the Committee will

take into account a Holder’s responsibility level, performance, potential, other Awards, and such other
considerations as it deems appropriate.

10.5 Payment. Following the end of the vesting period for a Phantom Stock Award (or at such
other time as the applicable Phantom Stock Award Agreement may provide), the Holder of a Phantom
Stock Award will be entitled to receive payment of an amount, not exceeding the maximum value of
the Phantom Stock Award, based on the then vested value of the Award. Payment of a Phantom Stock
Award may be made in cash, Common Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the
Committee. Payment shall be made in a lump sum or in installments as prescribed by the Committee.
Any payment to be made in cash shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the
payment date or such other date as may be specified by the Committee in the Phantom Stock Award
Agreement. Cash dividend equivalents may be paid during or after the vesting period with respect to a
Phantom Stock Award, as determined by the Committee.

10.6 Termination of Award. A Phantom Stock Award shall terminate if the Holder does not
remain continuously in the employ of the Company and its Affiliates or does not continue to perform
services as a Consultant or a Director for the Company and its Affiliates at all times during the
applicable vesting period, except as may be otherwise determined by the Committee.

11. BONUS STOCK AWARDS

11.1 Bonus Stock Awards. Each Bonus Stock Award granted to a Holder will constitute a

transfer of unrestricted Common Stock on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.
Bonus Stock Awards will be made in shares of Common Stock and need not be subject to performance
criteria or objectives or to forfeiture. The purchase price, if any, for Common Stock issued in
connection with a Bonus Stock Award will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

12. RECAPITALIZATION OR REORGANIZATION

12.1 No Effect on Board’s or Stockholders’ Power. The existence of the Plan and the Awards

granted under the Plan will not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of
the Company to make or authorize (1) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change
in the Company’s or any Affiliate’s capital structure or its business, (2) any merger, share exchange, or
consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (3) any issue of debt or equity securities ranking senior
to or affecting Common Stock or the rights of Common Stock, (4) the dissolution or liquidation of the
Company or any Affiliate, (5) any sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or any part of the
Company’s or any Affiliate’s assets or business, or (6) any other corporate act or proceeding.

12.2 Adjustment in the Event of Stock Subdivision, Consolidation, or Dividend. The shares
with respect to which Awards may be granted are shares of Common Stock as presently constituted,
but if, and whenever, prior to the expiration of an Award theretofore granted, the Company will effect
a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend on
Common Stock without receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of shares of Common
Stock with respect to which such Award may thereafter be exercised (1) in the event of an increase in
the number of outstanding shares, will be proportionately increased, and the purchase price per share

E-11

will be proportionately reduced, and (2) in the event of a reduction in the number of outstanding
shares, will be proportionately reduced, and the purchase price per share will be proportionately
increased. Any fractional share resulting from such adjustment will be rounded up to the next whole
share.

12.3 Adjustment in the Event of Recapitalization or Corporate Change.

12.3.1 If the Company recapitalizes, reclassifies its capital stock, or otherwise changes its

capital structure (a “recapitalization”), the number and class of shares of Common Stock covered by
an Award theretofore granted will be adjusted so that such Award will thereafter cover the number and
class of shares of stock and securities to which the Holder would have been entitled pursuant to the
terms of the recapitalization if, immediately prior to the recapitalization, the Holder had been the
holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Award.

12.3.2 If a Corporate Change occurs, then no later than (1) 10 days after the approval by the
stockholders of the Company of a Corporate Change, other than a Corporate Change resulting from a
person or entity acquiring or gaining ownership or control of more than 50% of the outstanding shares
of the Company’s voting stock, or (2) 30 days after a Corporate Change resulting from a person or
entity acquiring or gaining ownership or control of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the
Company’s voting stock, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion and without the consent or
approval of any Holder, will effect one or more of the following alternatives, which alternatives may
vary among individual Holders and which may vary among Options held by any individual Holder, but
will be conditioned upon the actual consummation of the Corporate Change occurring:

12.3.2.1 Accelerate the vesting of any Options (or any portion of any Option) then

outstanding;

12.3.2.2 Accelerate the time at which some or all of the Options (or any portion of the

Options) then outstanding may be exercised so that such Options (or any portion of such Options) may
be exercised for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Corporate
Change) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Options and all rights of
Holders under such Options will terminate;

12.3.2.3 Require the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected Holders of some or all

of the outstanding Options (or any portion of such Options) held by such Holders (irrespective of
whether such Options (or any portion of such Options) are then vested or exercisable under the
provisions of the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Corporate Change, specified by the
Committee, in which event the Committee will then cancel such Options (or any portion of such
Options) and cause the Company to pay each Holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess,
if any, of the Change of Control Value of the shares subject to such Option over the exercise price(s)
under such Options for such shares;

12.3.2.4 Make such adjustments to Options (or any portion of such Options) then outstanding

as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Corporate Change (provided, however, that the
Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to one or more Options
(or any portion of such Options) then outstanding); or

12.3.2.5 Provide that the number and class of shares of Common Stock covered by an Option
(or any portion of such Option) theretofore granted will be adjusted so that such Option will thereafter
cover the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including, without
limitation, cash) to which the Holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement
of merger, consolidation, or sale of assets or dissolution if, immediately prior to such merger,
consolidation, or sale of assets or dissolution, the Holder had been the holder of record of the number
of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Option.

E-12

12.4 Change of Control Value. For purposes of Subsection 12.3.2.3 above, the “Change of

Control Value” will equal the amount determined in one of the following clauses, whichever is
applicable:

12.4.1 The per share price offered to stockholders of the Company in any such merger,

consolidation, sale of assets, or dissolution transaction;

12.4.2 The price per share offered to stockholders of the Company in any tender offer or

exchange offer whereby a Corporate Change takes place; or

12.4.3 If such Corporate Change occurs other than pursuant to a tender or exchange offer, the
fair market value per share of the shares into which such Options being surrendered are exercisable, as
determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation
and surrender of such Options.

In the event that the consideration offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction described
in this Section or in Section 12.3 above consists of anything other than cash, the Committee will
determine in its discretion the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered that is
other than cash.

12.5 Other Adjustments. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of
recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, liquidations, combinations, split-ups, split-
offs, spin-offs, exchanges, issuances of rights or warrants, or other relevant changes in capitalization or
distributions to the holders of Common Stock occurring after the date of grant of any Award and not
otherwise provided for by this Section, (1) such Award and any agreement evidencing such Award will
be subject to adjustment by the Committee in its discretion as to the number and price of shares of
Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Award, and (2) the aggregate number of shares
available under the Plan, the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the Plan through
Incentive Stock Options, and the maximum number of shares that may be subject to Awards to any one
individual may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination will be conclusive
and binding on all parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided by the
Committee, upon the occurrence of a Corporate Change, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion
without the consent or approval of any Holder, may require the mandatory surrender to the Company
by selected Holders of some or all of the outstanding Performance Awards and Phantom Stock Awards
as of a date, before or after such Corporate Change, specified by the Committee, in which event the
Committee shall thereupon cancel such Performance Awards and Phantom Stock Awards and the
Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) to each Holder an amount of cash equal to the maximum
value (which maximum value may be determined, if applicable and in the discretion of the Committee,
based on the then Fair Market Value of the Common Stock) of such Performance Award or Phantom
Stock Award which, in the event the applicable performance or vesting period set forth in such
Performance Award or Phantom Stock Award has not been completed, will be multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of days during the period beginning on the first day of the
applicable performance or vesting period and ending on the date of the surrender, and the denominator
of which is the aggregate number of days in the applicable performance or vesting period.

12.6 Stockholder Action. If any event giving rise to an adjustment provided for in this Section

requires stockholder action, such adjustment will not be effective until such stockholder action has
been taken.

12.7 No Adjustment Except as Provided in the Plan. Except as expressly provided in the Plan,

the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of
stock of any class for cash, property, labor, or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or

E-13

warrants to subscribe for such shares or other securities, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of
the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair
value, will not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof will be made with respect to, the number of
shares of Common Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, if
applicable.

13. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

13.1 Termination of Plan. The Board in its discretion may terminate the Plan at any time with

respect to any shares of Common Stock for which Awards have not theretofore been granted.

13.2 Amendment of Plan. The Board will have the right to alter or amend the Plan or any part of

the Plan from time to time; provided that no change in any Award theretofore granted may be made
that would impair the rights of the Holder without the consent of the Holder; and provided, further, that
the Board may not, without approval of the stockholders, amend the Plan to (1) increase the maximum
aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the Plan, (2) increase the maximum number of
shares that may be issued under the Plan through Incentive Stock Options, (3) change the class of
individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, or (4) amend or delete Section 7.8 of the Plan.

14. MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 No Right To An Award. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor any action of the Board or of

the Committee will be deemed to give any individual any right to be granted an Option, a right to a
Restricted Stock Award, a right to a Performance Award, a right to a Phantom Stock Award, a right to
a Bonus Stock Award, or any other rights under the Plan except as may be evidenced by an Award
agreement duly executed on behalf of the Company, and then only to the extent and on the terms and
conditions expressly set forth in such Agreement.

14.2 Unfunded Plan. The Plan will be unfunded. The Company will not be required to establish
any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of funds or assets to insure the payment
of any Award.

14.3 No Employment/Consulting/Membership Rights Conferred. Nothing contained in the

Plan will (1) confer upon any Employee or Consultant any right with respect to continuation of
employment or of a consulting, advisory, or other non-common law relationship with the Company or
any Affiliate or (2) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate any
Employee’s employment or any Consultant’s consulting, advisory, or other non-common law
relationship at any time. Nothing contained in the Plan will confer upon any Director any right with
respect to continuation of membership on the Board.

14.4 Compliance with Other Laws. The Company will not be obligated to issue any Common

Stock pursuant to any Award granted under the Plan at any time when the shares covered by such
Award have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such other state and
federal laws, rules, or regulations as the Company or the Committee deems applicable and, in the
opinion of legal counsel to the Company, there is no exemption from the registration requirements of
such laws, rules, or regulations available for the issuance and sale of such shares. No fractional shares
of Common Stock will be delivered, nor will any cash in lieu of fractional shares be paid.

14.5 Withholding. The Company will have the right to deduct or cause to be deducted in
connection with all Awards any taxes required by law to be withheld and to require any payments
required to satisfy applicable withholding obligations.

14.6 No Restriction on Corporate Action. Nothing contained in the Plan will be construed to
prevent the Company or any Affiliate from taking any corporate action that is deemed by the Company
or such Affiliate to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an

E-14

adverse effect on the Plan or any Award made under the Plan. No Employee, Consultant, Director,
beneficiary, or other person will have any claim against the Company or any Affiliate as a result of any
such action.

14.7 Restrictions on Transfer. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee as set forth in

this Section, an Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option, which will be subject to the transfer
restrictions set forth in Section 7.3) will not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order entered or approved by a court of
competent jurisdiction upon delivery to the Company of written notice of such transfer and a certified
copy of such order. The Committee shall have the discretion to permit the transfer of an Award (other
than an Incentive Stock Option); provided, however, that such transfer shall be limited to members of a
Holder’s immediate family (as defined in Rule 16(a)- 1(e) of the 1934 Act), trusts, and partnerships
established for the primary benefit of such family members or to charitable organizations; and provided
further, that such transfer is not made for consideration to the Holder.

14.8 Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws

of the state of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

E-15

LEARN MORE AT

www.cirrus.com

NORTH AMERICA
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

EUROPE
CIRRUS LOGIC (U.K.) LTD.

800 West Sixth Street
Austin, Texas 78701
United States

T +1-512-851-4000
Toll-Free +1-800-888-5016

Ground Floor Offices
James House, Mere Park
Dedmere Road
Marlow, Buckinghamshire SL7 1FJ
United Kingdom

T +44 (0) 1628-891-300

JAPAN
CIRRUS LOGIC K.K.

G-Square Mita 8F
3-2-6 Mita
Minato-ku
Tokyo, Japan 108-0073

T +81 (3) 6732-8477

ASIA PACIFIC
CIRRUS LOGIC INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Suite 1427
Ocean Centre
Harbour City
5 Canton Road
Tsimshatsui
Kowloon City, 2325, Hong Kong
China

T +852-2376-0801